01 Wgep

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
1.1
1.2
SYSTEM COVERAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
2.0
IDENTIFICATION OF SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
3.0
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
4.0
GENERAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
3.2.1 FUEL CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
3.2.2 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
3.2.3 TRANSMISSION CONTROL (RE TRANS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
3.2.4 OTHER CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
3.2.5 PCM OPERATING MODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
3.2.6 NON-MONITORED CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
3.2.7 SKIS OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.2.8 SKIM ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.2.9 SKIS OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
3.2.10 PROGRAMMING THE POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE . . . . . . . . .9
3.2.11 PROGRAMMING THE SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE . . . . . . .9
3.2.12 PROGRAMMING THE IGNITION KEYS TO THE SENTRY KEY
IMMOBILIZER MODULE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.3.1 HARD CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.3.2 INTERMITTENT CODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.3.3 DISTANCE SINCE MI SET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.3.4 HANDLING NO TROUBLE CODE PROBLEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
3.3.5 NO START INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
USING THE DRBIIIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES AND BLANK SCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
3.5.1 DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
3.5.2 DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

4.1
4.2
4.3
DISCLAIMERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
4.2.1 TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
4.2.2 VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR TESTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
4.2.3 SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
4.2.4 DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
4.3.1 ROAD TEST WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
4.3.2 VEHICLE DAMAGE CAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
5.0
RECOMMENDED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
6.0
GLOSSARY OF TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

7.0
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

CHARGING
P0622-GENERATOR FIELD NOT SWITCHING PROPERLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
P0622-GENERATOR FIELD NOT SWITCHING PROPERLY - DIESEL . . . . . . . . . . . .20
P1492-AMBIENT/BATT TEMP SEN VOLTS TOO HIGH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
P1492-AMBIENT/BATT TEMP SEN VOLTS TOO HIGH - DIESEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
P1493-AMBIENT/BATT TEMP SEN VOLTS TOO LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
P1493-AMBIENT/BATT TEMP SEN VOLTS TOO LOW - DIESEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
P1594-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
P1594-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO HIGH - DIESEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
P1600-BATTERY VOLTAGE SRC HIGH EXCEEDED - DIESEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
P1682-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
P1682-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO LOW - DIESEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
*CHECKING THE CHARGING SYSTEM OPERATION - DIESEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
*CHECKING CHARGING SYSTEM OPERATION WITH NO DTCS PRESENT . . . . . .45
*CHECKING THE AMBIENT/BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
COMMUNICATION
P0601-PCM INTERNAL CONTROLLER FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49
P1685-WRONG OR INVALID KEY MSG RECEIVED FROM SKIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
P1686-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGE RECEIVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - GAS ONLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
P0031-O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT LOW 1/1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
P0032-O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH 1/1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
P0071-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
P0107-MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
P0108-MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMP PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72
P0112-INTAKE AIR TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
P0113-INTAKE AIR TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
P0117-ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
P0118-ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
P0121-TPS VOLTAGE DOES NOT AGREE WITH MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
P0125-CLOSED LOOP TEMP NOT REACHED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
P0131-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED TO GROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98
P0132-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED TO VOLTAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
ii

P0133-1/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
P0135-1/1 O2 SENSOR HEATER FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107
P0136-1/2 O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
P0171-1/1 FUEL SYSTEM LEAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
P0174-2/1 FUEL SYSTEM LEAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
P0172-1/1 FUEL SYSTEM RICH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
P0175-2/1 FUEL SYSTEM RICH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
P0201-INJECTOR #1 CONTROL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124
P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-FIRE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
P0301-CYLINDER #1 MISFIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
P0320-NO CRANK REFERENCE SIGNAL AT PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
P0340-NO CAM SIGNAL AT PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 PRIMARY CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
P0420-1/1 CATALYTIC CONVERTER EFFICIENCY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .167
P0432-2/1 CATALYTIC CONVERTER EFFICIENCY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
P0441-EVAP PURGE FLOW MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
P0442-EVAP LEAK MONITOR MEDIUM (0.040) LEAK DETECTED. . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
P0455-EVAP LEAK MONITOR LARGE LEAK DETECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
P0456-EVAP LEAK MONITOR SMALL LEAK DETECTED (.020) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174
P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177
P0460-FUEL LEVEL UNIT NO CHANGE OVER MILES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
P0461-FUEL LEVEL UNIT NO CHANGE OVER TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT VOLTS TOO LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180
P0463-FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT VOLTS TOO HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182
P0500-NO VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
P0505-IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188
iii

P0522-OIL PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194
P0523-OIL PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
P0700-TCM CONTROLLER DTC PRESENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198
P1195-1/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW DURING CATALYST MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
P1196-2/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW DURING CATALYST MONITOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
P1281-ENGINE IS COLD TOO LONG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203
P1282-FUEL PUMP/SYSTEM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204
P1294-TARGET IDLE NOT REACHED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206
P1296-NO 5 VOLTS TO MAP SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208
P1297-NO CHANGE IN MAP FROM START TO RUN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210
P1299 - VACUUM LEAK FOUND (IAC FULLY SEATED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
P1388-AUTO SHUTDOWN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214
P1389-NO ASD RELAY OUTPUT VOLTAGE AT PCM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216
P1391-INTERMITTENT LOSS OF CMP OR CKP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218
P1398-MIS-FIRE ADAPTIVE NUMERATOR AT LIMIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
P1486-EVAP LEAK MONITOR PINCHED HOSE FOUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225
P1491-RAD FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .228
P1494-LEAK DETECTION PUMP SW OR MECHANICAL FAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .230
P1495-LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232
P1499 - HYDRAULIC FAN SOLENOID CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235
P1696-PCM FAILURE EEPROM WRITE DENIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .237
P1698-NO BUS MESSAGE FROM TCM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .238
P1899-P/N SWITCH PERFORMANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .240
*CHECKING EVAPORATIVE EMISSION OPERATION WITH NO DTCS . . . . . . . . . .242
*CHECKING FUEL DELIVERY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244
*CHECKING MAP SENSOR OPERATION WITH NO DTCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248
*CHECKING MINIMUM AIRFLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249
*CHECKING RADIATOR FAN OPERATION WITH NO DTCS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .251
*CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
*CHECKING THE INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254
*CHECKING THE PCM POWER AND GROUNDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255
*CHECKING THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OPERATION WITH NO DTCS. . . . .256
HEATING & A/C
P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257
P1598 - A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO HIGH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
P1599 - A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .262
*CHECKING A/C SYSTEM OPERATION WITH NO DTCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265
SPEED CONTROL
P1595-SPEED CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
P1683-SPD CTRL PWR RELAY; OR S/C 12V DRIVER CKT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270
P1596-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH ALWAYS HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279
P1597-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH ALWAYS LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282
*BRAKE SWITCH SENSE STATUS DOES NOT CHANGE ON DRB . . . . . . . . . . . . .284
*CHECKING SPEED CONTROL OPERATION WITH NO DTCS PRESENT . . . . . . .287
STARTING
*ENGINE CRANKS DOES NOT START . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298
*NO CRANK CONDITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .304
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM WITH A NO START CONDITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307
*START AND STALL CONDITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308
iv

TRANSMISSION
P0711-TRANS TEMP SENSOR, NO TEMP RISE AFTER START. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .314
P0712-TRANS TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
P0713-TRANS TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .320
P0720-LOW OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR - RPM ABOVE 15 MPH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .325
P0740-TORQ CONV CLU, NO RPM DROP AT LOCKUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329
P0743-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID/TRANS RELAY CIRCUITS. . .333
P0748-PRESSURE SOL CONTROL/TRANS RELAY CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
P0751-O/D SWITCH PRESSED (LO) MORE THAN 5 MINUTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343
P0753-TRANS 3-4 SHIFT SOL/TRANS RELAY CIRCUITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345
P0783-3-4 SHIFT SOL, NO RPM DROP AT LOCKUP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351
P1756-GOV PRESS NOT EQUAL TO TARGET @ 15-20 PSI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355
P1757-GOV PRESS ABOVE 3 PSI IN GEAR WITH 0 MPH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363
P1762-GOV PRESS SEN OFFSET VOLTS TOO LO OR HIGH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .372
P1763-GOVERNOR PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .383
P1764-GOVERNOR PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO LOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .388
P1765-TRANS 12 VOLT SUPPLY RELAY CTRL CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392
*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .395
VEHICLE THEFT/SECURITY
ANTENNA FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
COP FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
EEPROM FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
INTERNAL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
RAM FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
SERIAL LINK INTERNAL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
STACK OVERFLOW FAILURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .397
PCM STATUS FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399
SERIAL LINK EXTERNAL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399
ROLLING CODE FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401
VIN MISMATCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401
TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403
TRANSPONDER CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK (CRC) FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . .403
TRANSPONDER ID MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403
TRANSPONDER RESPONSE MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .403
VERIFICATION TESTS
VERIFICATION TESTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406
8.0
COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417

8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
8.7
9.0
CONTROL MODULES AND PDC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417

CONTROLS AND SOLENOIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418
DATA LINK CONNECTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420
SENSORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423
SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425
CONNECTOR PINOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427

A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427
A/C HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427
A/C LOW PRESSURE SWITCH - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427
v

A/C PRESSURE TRANSDUCER - 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH - GRAY 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR - GRAY 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428
CAPACITOR (4.0L) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .428
CAPACITOR NO. 1 (4.7L) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429
CAPACITOR NO. 2 (4.7L)- BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429
CLOCKSPRING C1 - BLACK 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429
CLOCKSPRING C2 - YELLOW 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429
CLOCKSPRING C3 - BLACK 6 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .429
COIL ON PLUG NO. 1 (4.7L) - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430
COIL RAIL (4.0L) - BLACK 4 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .431
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (GAS)- BLACK 3 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432
DATA LINK CONNECTOR - BLACK 16 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432
ELECTRIC BRAKE - 4 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432
ELECTRONIC SPEED CONTROL SERVO - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (GAS) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . .433
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433
EVAP/PURGE SOLENOID (GAS) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 1 - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 7 (4.7L) - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 8 (4.7L) - BLACK 2 WAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435
FUEL PUMP MODULE (GAS) - BLACK 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435
GENERATOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436
HYDRAULIC COOLING MODULE - 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436
IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436
INPUT SPEED SENSOR (4.7L) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR (GAS) - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437
KNOCK SENSOR - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437
LEAK DETECTION PUMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437
LINE PRESSURE SENSOR (4.7L) - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (4.0L) - BLACK 3 WAY. . . . . . . . . . .438
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (4.7L) - BLACK 3 WAY. . . . . . . . . . .438
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR (4.0L/DIESEL) - GRAY 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR (4.7L) - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .438
OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 UPSTREAM - 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
OXYGEN SENSOR 1/2 DOWNSTREAM - 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
OXYGEN SENSOR 2/1 UPSTREAM - 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
OXYGEN SENSOR 2/2 DOWNSTREAM - 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH (4.0L GAS) - BLACK 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .439
vi

FUSES (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441
AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .441
ENGINE STARTER MOTOR RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442
FUEL PUMP RELAY (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442
OXYGEN SENSOR DOWNSTREAM RELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY (GAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .442
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (GAS) - BLACK 32 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .443
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (GAS) - WHITE 32 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .444
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C3 (GAS) - GRAY 32 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445
RADIATOR FAN RELAY - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE - BLACK 6 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH NO. 1 - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH NO. 2 - BLACK 4 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR (4.0L) - WHITE 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR (4.7L) - WHITE 3 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447
TRAILER TOW BRAKE LAMP RELAY - BLACK 5 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447
TRAILER TOW CIRCUIT BREAKER - BLACK 2 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447
TRAILER TOW CONNECTOR - BLACK 10 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448
TRAILER TOW LEFT TURN RELAY - BLACK 5 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448
TRAILER TOW RIGHT TURN RELAY - BLACK 5 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .448
TRANSFER CASE SWITCH (4.0L (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT)) - 4 WAY . . . . . . .448
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (4.7L) - BLACK 60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .449
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID (DIESEL/4.0L GAS) - BLACK 8 WAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . .450
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID/TRS ASSEMBLY (4.7L) - GRAY 23 WAY . . . . . . . . . . .450
10.0
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .451

10.1 2001 JEEP WG 4.0L JTEC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .451
10.2 2001 Jeep WG 4.7L JTEC System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452
vii
NOTES
viii
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.0
INTRODUCTION
The procedures contained in this manual include

specifications, instructions, and graphics needed to
diagnose the PCM Powertrain System. The diagnostics in this manual are based on the failure
condition or symptom being present at the time of
diagnosis.
Please follow the recommendations below when
choosing your diagnostic path.
1. First make sure the DRBIIIt is communicating
with the appropriate modules; ie., if the DRBIIIt
displays a No Response condition, you must
diagnose this first before proceeding.
2. Read DTCs (diagnostic trouble codes) with the
DRBIIIt.
3. If no DTCs are present, identify the customer
complaint.
4. Once the DTC or customer complaint is identified, locate the matching test in the Table of
Contents and begin to diagnose the symptom.
All component location views are in Section 8.0.
All connector pinouts are in Section 9.0. All system
schematic diagrams are in Section 10.0.
An * placed before the symptom description indicated a customer complaint.
When repairs are required, refer to the appropriate service manual for the proper removal and
repair procedure.
Diagnostic procedures change every year. New
diagnostic systems may be added; carryover systems may be enhanced. READ THIS MANUAL
BEFORE TRYING TO DIAGNOSE A VEHICLE
CODE. It is recommended that you review the
entire manual to become familiar with all new and
changed diagnostic procedures.
After using this book, if you have any comments
or recommendations, please fill out the form at the
back of the book and mail it back to us.
1.1
2.0
fuel system
ignition system
charging system
speed control system
automatic transmission
3.0
3.1
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND

FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The JTEC engine and automatic transmission

systems have the latest in technical advances. The
Euro Stage III On-Board Diagnostics incorporated
with the PCM controller are intended to assist the
field technician in repairing vehicle problems by the
quickest means.
3.2
3.2.1
FUNCTIONAL OPERATION
FUEL CONTROL
The PCM controls the air/fuel ratio of the engine

by varying fuel injector on time. Mass air flow is
calculated using the speed density method using
engine speed, manifold absolute pressure, and air
temperature change.
Different fuel calculation strategies are used dependent on the operational state of the engine.
During crank mode, a prime shot fuel pulse is
delivered followed by fuel pulses determined by a
crank time strategy. Cold engine operation is determined via an open loop strategy until the O2
sensors have reached operating temperature. At
this point, the strategy enters a closed loop mode
where fuel requirements are based upon the state of
the O2 sensors, engine speed, MAP, throttle position, air temperature, battery voltage, and coolant
temperature.
SYSTEM COVERAGE
SIX-STEP TROUBLESHOOTING
PROCEDURE
Diagnosis of the Powertrain Control Module

(PCM) is done in six basic steps:
verification of complaint
IDENTIFICATION OF
SYSTEM
The Powertrain Control Module (PCM) monitors

and controls:
This diagnostic procedures manual covers 2001

Grand Cherokee Jeep vehicles with a JTEC Engine
Controller (PCM), and includes the 4-speed Automatic Transmission.
1.2
repair of isolated problem

verification of proper operation
verification of any related symptoms

symptom analysis
problem isolation
1
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.2.2
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTICS
happen because one of the trouble code criteria

(arming conditions) has not been met.
The PCM compares input signal voltages from
each input device with specifications (the established high and low limits of the range) that are
programmed into it for that device. If the input
voltage is not within specifications and other trouble code criteria (arming conditions) are met, a
trouble code will be stored in the PCM memory.
The On Board Diagnostics have evolved to the
second Generation of Diagnostics referred to as
Euro Stage III On-Board Diagnostics.
The following table summarizes the various Euro
Stage III OBD monitors operation.
The PCM has been programmed to monitor many

different circuits of the fuel injection system. This
monitoring is called on-board diagnosis.
Certain criteria, or arming conditions, must be
met for a trouble code to be entered into the PCM
memory. The criteria may be a range of: engine rpm,
engine temperature, and/or input voltage to the
PCM. If a problem is sensed with a monitored
circuit, and all of the criteria or arming conditions
are met, a trouble code will be stored in the PCM.
It is possible that a trouble code for a monitored
circuit may not be entered into the PCM memory
even though a malfunction has occurred. This may
GENERAL INFORMATION
EURO STAGE III OBD MONITOR INFORMATION
Comprehensive
Components
Monitor
Major Monitors
Non Fuel Control
& Non Misfire
Major Monitors
Fuel Control
& Misfire
Run constantly
Run Once Per Trip
Run Constantly
Includes All Engine Hardware

- Sensors, Switches,
Solenoids, etc.
Monitors Entire Emission

System
Monitors Entire System
One Trip Faults - Turns On

The MIL and Sets DTC After
One Failure
Two Trip Faults - Turns On

Two Consecutive Failures
Two Trip Faults - Turns On

Two Consecutive Failures
Priority 3
All Checked For Continuity
Open
Short To Ground
Short To Voltage
Inputs Checked For
Rationality
Outputs Checked For
Functionality
Priority 1 or 3
Priority 2 or 4
Done Stop Testing = Yes
Oxygen Sensor Heater

Oxygen Sensor Response
Fuel Control Monitor

Monitors Fuel Control
System For:
Fuel System Lean
Fuel System Rich
Catalytic Converter
Efficiency Except EWMA
- up to 6 tests per trip
and a one trip fault
Requires 3 Consecutive
Fuel System Good Trips To
Extinguish The MIL
EGR System
Evaporative Emission
System
Global/Alternate Good Trips
to Extinguish the MIL*
Good Trips
to Extinguish the MIL*
*40 Warm Up Cycles are required to erase

DTCs after the MIL has been extinguished.
Misfire Monitor
Monitors For Engine Misfire
at:
1000 RPM Counter
(Type B)
**200 RPM Counter
(Type A)
Misfire Good Trips
To Extinguish the MIL
**Type A misfire is a one
trip failure. The MIL will
illuminate and blink at
the first failure.
GENERAL INFORMATION
3.2.3
TRANSMISSION CONTROL (RE TRANS)
The next number group is the transmission serial

number. Refer to this information when ordering
replacement parts.
NOTE: FOR 45RFE INFORMATION SEE

TRANSMISSION DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL.
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
The PCM operation includes control of 4 speed

automatic transmissions utilizing electronic governor pressure control, eliminating the need for a
separate transmission controller. Transmission control is achieved through regulation of governor
pressure using a Governor Pressure Solenoid valve.
Valve position is controlled by pulse width modulation. Torque converter clutch and overdrive solenoids are also controlled by the PCM, as are the
transmission relay and dashboard overdrive off
lamp. PCM inputs affecting transmission operation
include the throttle position sensor, output shaft
speed sensor, vehicle speed, engine speed sensor
(CKP), brake switch, ignition, overdrive on/off
switch, torque convertor clutch solenoid, transmission temperature sensor, and governor pressure
sensor.
The PCM continuously checks for internal transmission problems, electrical problems, and some
hydraulic problems. When a problem is sensed, the
PCM stores a diagnostic trouble code. Any of these
codes cause the transmission to go into default
mode. When the PCM detects a problem, the transmission will default to third gear. When this happens, the only transmission functions are:
PARK and NEUTRAL
REVERSE
THIRD GEAR
The solenoid valve generates the governor pressure needed for upshifts and downshifts. It is an
electro-hydraulic device and is located in the governor body on the valve body transfer plate.
The inlet side of the solenoid valve is exposed to
normal transmission line pressure while in forward
gears. The outlet side of the valve leads to the valve
body governor circuit.
The solenoid valve regulates line pressure to
produce governor pressure. The average current
supplied to the solenoid valve controls governor
pressure. One amp current produces zero psi governor pressure. Zero amps sets the maximum governor pressure. Current is regulated by modulation
of the pulse width of a 512 hz driver frequency (512
cycles per second).
The powertrain control module (PCM) supplies
electrical power to the solenoid valve. Operating
voltage is 12 volts (DC) and is provided through the
battery terminal on the module.
The solenoid is polarity sensitive. The PCM energizes the solenoid by grounding it through the
power ground terminal on the powertrain control
module.
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SENSOR

The governor pressure sensor measures output
pressure of the governor pressure solenoid valve.
The sensor output signal provides the necessary
feedback to the powertrain control module. This
feedback is needed to accurately control pressure.
The unit is an absolute pressure device and the
output is calibrated to be .35 to .65 volts at 14.7 psi
(normal barometric pressure). Since this is an absolute pressure device, 0 psi calibration is required
often to compensate for changing atmospheric pressure or altitude. This voltage measured at 0 psi is
referred to as zero pressure offset.
MANUAL SHIFTING of FIRST, SECOND and

THIRD GEAR
No upshifts or downshifts are allowed. The position of the manual valve alone allows the ranges
that are available. Although engine performance is
seriously degraded while in this mode, it allows the
owner to drive the vehicle in for service. The transmission can be shifted manually by quickly downshifting into 1st to achieve 1st gear, then shifting to
2nd, then to third. However, default mode will not
allow 4th gear or any EMCC operation.
Once the DRBIIIt is in the RE transmission
portion of the diagnostic program, it constantly
monitors the powertrain control module, updating
the screens with switch, sensor, and input/output
states, as well as displaying diagnostic trouble
codes and default status.
GOVERNOR SHIFT SCHEDULES

The electronic governor has several governor
curves possible as opposed to a conventional governor which has a single governor curve with two
stages. These transmissions are mechanically and
hydraulically the same as the ones they replace.
As with all-hydraulic transmissions, the vehicle
shift speeds are determined by balancing a hydraulic pressure signal proportional to transmission
output speed (called governor pressure) against a
pressure signal determined by throttle position
(called throttle pressure). The four curves are used
during the following operating conditions.
TRANSMISSION IDENTIFICATION
The transmission part/identification numbers
and codes are stamped on the left side of the case
just above the oil pan gasket surface. The first
letter/number group is the assembly part number.
GENERAL INFORMATION
GOVERNOR OPERATION
Low Transmission Fluid Temperature

When the transmission fluid is cold at or below 30F
the conventional governor can delay shifts, resulting in higher than normal shift speeds and harsh
shifts. The electronically controlled low temperature governor pressure curve is higher than normal
to make the transmission shift at normal speeds
and sooner. The PCM uses a temperature sensor in
the transmission oil sump to determine when low
temperature governor pressure is needed.
Transfer Case Low-Range Operation On
four-wheel drive vehicles operating in low range,
the engine can accelerate to its peak more rapidly
than in Normal range, resulting in delayed shifts
and undesirable engine flare. The low range governor pressure curve is also higher than normal to
initiate upshifts sooner. The PCM compares the
electronic vehicle speed signal to the transmission
output shaft speed signal to determine when the
transfer case is in low range.
Wide-Open Throttle Operation In wideopen throttle (WOT) mode, adaptive memory in the
PCM assures that up-shifts occur at the preprogrammed optimum speed. WOT operation is determined from the throttle position sensor, which is
also a part of the emission control system. The
initial setting for the WOT upshift is below the
optimum engine speed. As WOT shifts are repeated,
the PCM learns the time required to complete the
shifts by comparing the engine speed when the
shifts occur to the optimum speed. After each shift,
the PCM adjusts the shift point until the optimum
speed is reached. The PCM also considers vehicle
loading, grade and engine performance changes due
to high altitude in determining when to make WOT
shifts. It does this by measuring vehicle and engine
acceleration and then factoring in the shift time.
Normal Operation Normal operation is refined through the increased computing power of the
PCM and through access to data on engine operating conditions provided by the PCM that were not
available with the previous stand-alone electronic
module. This facilitated the development of a load
adaptive shift strategy the ability to alter the
shift schedule in response to vehicle load conditions.
One manifestation of this capability is grade hunting prevention the ability of the transmission
logic to delay an upshift on a grade if the engine
does not have sufficient power to maintain speed in
the higher gear. The 3-2 downshift and the potential
for hunting between gears occurs with a heavily
loaded vehicle or on steep grades. When hunting
occurs, it is very objectionable because shifts are
frequent and accompanied by large changes in noise
and acceleration.
The electronic governor control system replaces

the old centrifugal governor pressure control and is
located on the valve body. The control system uses a
governor pressure solenoid that can vary pressure, a
pressure sensor, and the output shaft speed sensor.
The electronic governor control system regulates
pressure to control shifts in the first three gears.
Output shaft and throttle position are used to
determine target pressure. Actual governor pressure is read from the sensor and the difference
between the target pressure and actual pressure
are used to determine duty cycle correction.
The duty cycle is the amount of time the governor
pressure solenoid needs to be off to meet the target
pressure.
Speed of the output shaft, throttle position, controller calculations, and shift lever position determine different governor pressure curves.
Governor pressures can be different at the same
output shaft speed. The desired pressure is determined by many things including the acceleration of
the vehicle. There is no need for concern if at the
same output shaft speed there are different requested pressures. There is a need for concern if the
target pressure and actual pressure are not within
three PSI for five seconds or more. If this occurs the
control system could result in erratic shifting.
The only time the governor control system stays
at zero is when the gear selector is in park, neutral,
reverse or drive with the vehicle at a stop. When the
transmission is in park, neutral, or reverse no line
pressure is supplied to the governor pressure solenoid making governor pressure zero.
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Transmission fluid temperature readings are
supplied to the powertrain control module by the
transmission temperature sensor. It is a thermistor
located in the governor pressure sensor connector.
The temperature readings are used to control engagement of the overdrive clutch, the converter
clutch, and governor pressure. Normal resistance
value for the thermistor at room temperature is
approximately 1000 ohms.
The powertrain control module (PCM) prevents
engagement of the converter clutch and overdrive
clutch, when fluid temperature is below approximately -1C (30F).
If fluid temperature exceeds 126C (260F), the
powertrain control module will cause a 4-3 downshift and engage the converter clutch. Engagement
is according to the third gear converter clutch
engagement schedule.
The overdrive OFF lamp in the instrument panel,
also illuminates when the shift back to third occurs.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The transmission will not allow fourth gear operation until fluid temperature decreases to approximately 110C (230F).
tion caused by braking, cruise control turn off,

shifting into neutral, excessive RPM (tires spinning) or ignition key off.
TRANSMISSION SPEED SENSOR
FUEL VAPOR RECOVERY SYSTEM (DUTY

CYCLE PURGE CONTROL)
The speed sensor is located in the overdrive

housing. The sensor is positioned over the park gear
and monitors transmission output shaft rotating
speed.
Speed sensor signals are triggered by the park
gear lugs as they rotate past the sensor pickup face.
One revolution of the output shaft produces 23
pulses. Input signals from the sensor are sent to the
PCM for processing.
Duty Cycle Purge is a system that feeds fuel

gases from the purge canister and gasoline tank
into the throttle body for mixing with incoming air.
Metering of the gases is performed by duty cycling
the purge solenoid by the PCM.
The system is disabled during wide open throttle
conditions and while the engine is below a specified
coolant temperature. When engine temperature becomes greater than a calibrated parameter, duty
cycle purge is delayed for a calibrated time. Once
purge delay is over, purge will be ramped in to
soften the effect of dumping additional fuel into the
engine.
The PCM provides a modulated 5 Hz signal (at
closed throttle) or 10 Hz signal (at open throttle) to
control this system. Modulation of the signal is
based upon a calculated air flow (based upon known
fuel flow through the injector at a given pulse width
and RPM) and is adjusted to compensate for
changes in flow due to varying engine vacuum.
TORQUE CONVERTER ELECTRONICS

The torque converter contains a converter clutch
mechanism. The converter clutch is an electronically controlled mechanism. It is engaged in fourth
gear, and in third gear only when the overdrive
control switch is in the OFF position, and also, in
third gear over temp mode.
The torque converter is not a serviceable component. It should be replaced as an assembly when:
diagnosis indicates a malfunction has occurred, or
when a major malfunction allows debris to enter the
converter.
3.2.4
3.2.5
OTHER CONTROLS
PCM OPERATING MODES
As input signals to the PCM change, the PCM

adjusts its response to output devices. For example,
the PCM must calculate a different injector pulse
width and ignition timing for idle than it does for
wide open throttle. There are several different
modes of operation that determine how the PCM
responds to the various input signals.
There are two types of engine control operation:
open loop and closed loop.
In open loop operation, the PCM receives input
signals and responds according to preset programming. Inputs from the heated oxygen sensors are
not monitored.
In closed loop operation, the PCM monitors the
inputs from the heated oxygen sensors. This input
indicates to the PCM whether or not the calculated
injector pulse width results in the ideal air-fuel
ratio of 14.7 parts air to 1 part fuel. By monitoring
the exhaust oxygen content through the oxygen
sensor, the PCM can fine tune injector pulse width.
Fine tuning injector pulse width allows the PCM to
achieve optimum fuel economy combined with low
emissions.
The engine start-up (crank), engine warm-up,
and wide open throttle modes are open loop modes.
Under most operating conditions, the acceleration,
deceleration, and cruise modes, with the engine at
operating temperature, are closed loop modes.
CHARGING SYSTEM
The charging system is turned on when the
engine is started and ASD relay energized. When
the ASD relay is on, ASD ouptut voltage is supplied
to the ASD sense circuit at the PCM. This voltage is
connected in some cases, through the PCM and
supplied to one of the generator field terminals
(Gen Source +). All others, the Gen field is connected directly to the ASD ouput voltage. The
amount of current produced by the generator is
controlled by the Electronic Voltage Regulator
(EVR) circuitry, in the PCM. A battery temperature
sensor, located either in the battery tray using the
ambient sensor, or in the PCM itself, is used to
sense battery temperature. This temperature along
with sensed line voltage, is used by the PCM to vary
the battery charging rate. This is done by cycling
the ground path to the other generator field terminal (Gen field driver).
SPEED CONTROL
The PCM controls vehicle speed by operation of
the speed control servo vacuum and vent solenoids.
Energizing the vacuum solenoid applies vacuum to
the servo to increase throttle position. Operation of
the vent solenoid slowly releases the vacuum allowing throttle position to decrease. A special dump
solenoid allows immediate release of throttle posi6
GENERAL INFORMATION
IGNITION SWITCH ON (ENGINE OFF) MODE
tion timing and engine idle speed. The PCM adjusts

the idle speed by controlling the idle air control
motor.
Cruise or Idle Mode When the engine is at
normal operating temperature, this is a closed loop
mode. During certain idle conditions, the PCM may
enter into a variable idle speed strategy. At this
time, the PCM adjusts engine speed based on the
following inputs:
throttle position
battery voltage
When the ignition switch activates the fuel injection system, the following actions occur:
1. The PCM determines atmospheric air pressure
from the MAP sensor input to determine basic
fuel strategy.
2. The PCM monitors the engine coolant temperature sensor and throttle position sensor input.
The PCM modifies fuel strategy based on this
input.
When the ignition key is in the on position and
the engine is not running (zero rpm), the auto
shutdown relay and fuel pump relay are not energized. Therefore, voltage is not supplied to the fuel
pump, ignition coil, and fuel injectors.
Engine Start-up Mode This is an open loop
mode. The following actions occur when the starter
motor is engaged:
engine coolant temperature

Acceleration Mode This is a closed loop mode.
The PCM recognizes an increase in throttle position
and a decrease in Manifold Vacuum as engine load
increases. In response, the PCM increases the injector pulse width to meet the increased load.
Deceleration Mode This is a closed loop mode.
The PCM recognizes a decrease in throttle position
and an increase in Manifold Vacuum as engine load
decreases. In response, the PCM decreases the
injector pulse width to meet the decreased load.
Wide Open Throttle Mode This is an open
loop mode. The throttle position sensor notifies the
PCM of a wide open throttle condition. The PCM
adjusts injector pulse width to supply a predetermined amount of additional fuel.
1. The auto shutdown and fuel pump relays are

energized. If the PCM does not receive the camshaft and crankshaft signal within approximately one second, these relays are deenergized.
2. The PCM energizes all fuel injectors until it
determines crankshaft position from the camshaft and crankshaft signals. The PCM determines crankshaft position within one engine
revolution. After the crankshaft position has
been determined, the PCM energizes the fuel
injectors in sequence. The PCM adjusts the injector pulse width and synchronizes the fuel
injectors by controlling the fuel injectors ground
paths.
Once the auto shutdown and fuel pump relays
have been energized, the PCM determines the fuel
injector pulse width based on the following:
manifold absolute pressure
3.2.6
NON-MONITORED CIRCUITS
The PCM does not monitor the following circuits,

systems, and conditions even though they could
have malfunctions that result in driveability problems. A diagnostic code may not be displayed for the
following conditions. However, problems with these
systems may cause a diagnostic code to be displayed
for other systems. For example, a fuel pressure
problem will not register a diagnostic code directly,
but could cause a rich or lean condition. This could
cause an oxygen sensor, fuel system, or misfire
monitor trouble code to be stored in the PCM.
Engine Timing The PCM cannot detect an
incorrectly indexed timing chain, camshaft
sprocket, or crankshaft sprocket. The PCM also
cannot detect an incorrectly indexed distributor.(*)
Fuel Pressure Fuel pressure is controlled by
the fuel pressure regulator. The PCM cannot detect
a clogged fuel pump inlet filter, clogged in-line filter,
or a pinched fuel supply.(*)
Fuel Injectors The PCM cannot detect if a fuel
injector is clogged, the pintle is sticking, or the
wrong injectors are installed.(*)
Fuel Requirements Poor quality gasoline can
cause problems such as hard starting, stalling, and
stumble. Use of methanol-gasoline blends may result in starting and driveability problems. (See
individual symptoms and their definitions in Section 6.0 (Glossary of Terms)).
intake air temperature

engine revolutions
throttle position
The PCM determines the spark advance based on
the following:
crankshaft position
camshaft position
intake air temperature
manifold absolute pressure
throttle position
Engine Warm-Up Mode This is an open loop
mode. The PCM adjusts injector pulse width and
controls injector synchronization by controlling the
fuel injectors ground paths. The PCM adjusts igni-
GENERAL INFORMATION
chip responds to the challenge by generating an
encrypted response message using the following:
Secret Key This is an electronically stored
value (identification number) that is unique to each
SKIS. The secret key is stored in the SKIM, PCM
and all ignition key transponders.
Challenge This is a random number that is
generated by the SKIM at each ignition key cycle.
The secret key and challenge are the two variables used in the algorithm that produces the
encrypted response message. The transponder uses
the crypto algorithm to receive, decode and respond
to the message sent by the SKIM. After responding
to the coded message, the transponder sends a
transponder ID message to the SKIM. The SKIM
compares the transponder ID to the available valid
key codes in the SKIM memory (8 key maximum at
any one time). After validating the ignition key, the
SKIM sends a PCI Bus message called a Seed
Request to the engine controller then waits for a
PCM response. If the PCM does not respond, the
SKIM will send the seed request again. After 3
failed attempts, the SKIM will stop sending the
seed request and store a trouble code. If the PCM
sends a seed response, the SKIM sends a valid/
invalid key message to the PCM. This is an encrypted message that is generated using the following:
VIN Vehicle Identification Number
Seed This is a random number that is generated by the PCM at each ignition key cycle.
The VIN and seed are the two variables used in
the rolling code algorithm that encrypts the valid/
invalid key message. The PCM uses the rolling
code algorithm to receive, decode and respond to the
valid/invalid key message sent by the SKIM. After
sending the valid/invalid key message the SKIM
waits 3.5 seconds for a PCM status message from
the PCM. If the PCM does not respond with a valid
key message to the SKIM, a fault is detected and a
trouble code is stored.
The SKIS incorporates a VTSS LED located on
the dash. The LED receives switched ignition voltage and is hardwired to the body control module.
The LED is actuated when the SKIM sends a PCI
Bus message to the body controller requesting the
VTSS LED on. The body controller then provides
the ground for the LED. The SKIM will request
VTSS LED operation for the following:
PCM Grounds The PCM cannot detect a poor

system ground. However, a diagnostic trouble code
may be stored in the PCM as a result of this
condition.
Throttle Body Air Flow The PCM cannot
detect a clogged or restricted air cleaner inlet or
filter element.(*)
Exhaust System The PCM cannot detect a
plugged, restricted, or leaking exhaust system.(*)
Cylinder Compression The PCM cannot detect uneven, low, or high engine cylinder compression.(*)
Excessive Oil Consumption Although the
PCM monitors the exhaust stream oxygen content
through the oxygen sensor when the system is in a
closed loop, it cannot determine excessive oil consumption.
(*)NOTE: Any of these conditions could result in

a rich or lean condition causing an oxygen
sensor trouble code to be stored in the PCM, or
the vehicle may exhibit one or more driveability
symptoms.
3.2.7
SKIS OVERVIEW
The Sentry Key Immobilizer System (SKIS) is

designed to prevent unauthorized vehicle operation. The system consists of a Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM), ignition key(s) equipped with
a transponder chip and PCM. When the ignition
switch is turned on, the SKIM interrogates the
ignition key. If the ignition key is Valid or Invalid, the SKIM sends a PCI Bus message to the
PCM indicating ignition key status. Upon receiving
this status message the PCM will terminate engine
operation, or allow the engine to continue to operate.
3.2.8
SKIM ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTICS
The SKIM has been programmed to transmit and

monitor many different coded messages as well as
PCI Bus messages. This monitoring is called On
Board Diagnosis.
Certain criteria must be met for a diagnostic
trouble code to be entered into the SKIM memory.
The criteria may be a range of; Input voltage, PCI
Bus message, or coded messages to the SKIM. If all
of the criteria for monitoring a circuit or function
are met and a fault is sensed, a diagnostic trouble
code will be stored in the SKIM memory.
3.2.9
bulb checks at ignition on

to alert the vehicle operator to a SKIS malfunction
SKIS OPERATION
customer key programming mode

For all faults except transponder faults, the LED
remains on steady. In the event of a transponder
fault the LED flashes at a rate of 1 Hz (once per
When ignition power is supplied to the SKIM, the

SKIM performs an internal self-test. After the selftest is completed, the SKIM energizes the antenna
(this activates the transponder chip) and sends a
challenge to the transponder chip. The transponder
8
GENERAL INFORMATION
1. Turn the ignition on (transmission in park/
neutral).
2. Use the DRBIIIt and select THEFT ALARM,
SKIM then MISCELLANEOUS.
3. Select SKIM MODULE REPLACEMENT
(GASOLINE).
4. Program the vehicle four-digit PIN into the
SKIM.
5. Select COUNTRY CODE and enter the correct
country.
NOTE: Be sure to enter the correct country code.
If the incorrect country code is programmed into
SKIM, the SKIM must be replaced.
6. Select UPDATE VIN (the SKIM will learn the
VIN from the PCM).
7. Press ENTER to transfer the VIN (the PCM
will send the VIN to the SKIM).
8. The DRBIIIt will ask if you want to transfer the
secret key. Select ENTER to transfer secret key
from the PCM. This will ensure the current
vehicle ignition keys will still operate the SKIS
system.
second). If a fault is present the LED will remain on

or flashing for the complete ignition cycle.
If a fault is stored in SKIM memory which prevents the system from operating properly, the PCM
will allow the engine to start and run (for 2 seconds)
up to six times. After the sixth attempt the PCM
will not allow the engine to start.
3.2.10
PROGRAMMING THE POWERTRAIN

CONTROL MODULE
IMPORTANT NOTE:
Before replacing the PCM for a failed driver,
control circuit or ground circuit, be sure to check the
related component/circuit integrity for failures not
detected due to a double fault in the circuit. Most
PCM driver/control circuit failures are caused by
internal failure to components (i.e. relay and solenoids) and short circuits (i.e. 12-volt pull-ups, drivers and ground sensors). These failures are difficult
to detect when a double fault has occurred and only
one DTC has set.
NOTE: If the PCM and the SKIM are replaced at
the same time, program the VIN into the PCM first.
All vehicle keys will then need to be replaced and
programmed to the new SKIM.
The SKIS Secret Key is an ID code that is
unique to each SKIS. This code is programmed and
stored in the SKIM, PCM and transponder chip
(ignition key). When replacing the PCM it is necessary to program the secret key into the PCM.
neutral).
SKIM then MISCELLANEOUS.
3. Select PCM REPLACED.
4. Enter secured access mode by entering the vehicle four-digit PIN.
NOTE: If three attempts are made to enter the
secure access mode using an incorrect PIN, secured
access mode will be locked out for one hour. To exit
this lockout mode, turn the ignition to the RUN
position for one hour then enter the correct PIN.
(Ensure all accessories are turned off. Also, monitor
the battery state and connect a battery charger if
necessary).
5. Press ENTER to transfer the secret key (the
SKIM will send the secret key to the PCM).
3.2.11
3.2.12
PROGRAMMING THE IGNITION

KEYS TO THE SENTRY KEY
IMMOBILIZER MODULE

neutral).
SKIM and MISCELLANEOUS.
3. Select PROGRAM IGNITION KEYS.
4. Enter secured access mode by entering the vehicle four-digit PIN.
NOTE: A maximum of eight keys can be learned
to each SKIM. Once a key is learned to a SKIM it
(the key) cannot be transferred to another vehicle.
If ignition key programming is unsuccessful, the
DRB will display one of the following messages:
Programming Not Attempted
The DRBIIIt attempts to read the programmed
key status and there are no keys programmed in the
SKIM memory.
Programming Key Failed
(Possible Used Key From Wrong Vehicle) - SKIM
is unable to program key due to one of the following:
faulty ignition key transponder
ignition key is programmed to another vehicle.
8 Keys Already Learned, Programming Not
Done
SKIM transponder ID memory is full
PROGRAMMING THE SENTRY KEY

IMMOBILIZER MODULE
NOTE: If the PCM and the SKIM are replaced at

the same time, program the VIN into the PCM first.
All vehicle keys will then need to be replaced and
programmed to the new SKIM.
1. Obtain ignition keys to be programmed from

customer (8 keys maximum).
GENERAL INFORMATION
2. Using the DRBIIIt, erase all ignition keys by

selecting MISCELLANEOUS and ERASE
ALL CURRENT IGN. KEYS.
3. Program all ignition keys.

Learned Key In Ignition
Ignition key transponder ID is currently programmed in SKIM memory.
3.3
DISTANCE SINCE MI SET
The Euro Stage III OBD directive requires that

the distance traveled by the vehicle while the MI is
activated must be available at any instant through
the serial port on the standard data link connector.
This feature works as follows:
1. If the MI is illuminated due to a fault, the
distance count is updated (i.e. it is counting).
2. If there is a stale MI fault (i.e. the fault is still
frozen in memory but the MI has been extinguished due to 3 good trips), the distance count is
held (i.e. frozen).
3. If the distance count is being held due to (Item
2.) and the fault is cleared, the distance is
cleared (set to zero).
4. If the distance count is being held due to (Item
2.) and another MI occurs, the distance count is
reset (to 0) and begins updating anew.
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
HARD CODE
A diagnostic trouble code that comes back within

one cycle of the ignition key is a hard code. This
means that the defect is there every time the
powertrain control module checks that circuit or
function. Procedures in this manual verify if the
trouble code is a hard code at the beginning of each
test. When it is not a hard code, an intermittent
test must be performed.
Codes that are for Euro Stage III OBD monitors
will not set with just the ignition key on. Comparing
these to non-emission codes, they will seem like an
intermittent. These codes require a set of parameters to be performed (The DRBIIIt pre-test screens
will help with this for MONITOR codes), this is
called a TRIP. All Euro Stage III OBD DTCs will
be set after one or in some cases two trip failures,
and the MIL will be turned on. These codes require
three successful, no failures, TRIPS to extinguish
the MIL, followed by 40 warm-up cycles to erase the
code. For further explanation of TRIPS, Pre-test
screens, Warm-up cycles, and the use of the DRBIIIt, refer to the On Board Diagnostic training
booklet #81-699-97094.
3.3.2
Use the DRBIIIt data recorder or co-pilot.
3.3.3
Each diagnostic trouble code is diagnosed by

following a specific testing procedure. The diagnostic test procedures contain step-by-step instructions
for determining the cause of trouble codes as well as
no trouble code problems. It is not necessary to
perform all of the tests in this book to diagnose an
individual code.
Always begin by reading the diagnostic trouble
codes using the DRBIIIt.
3.3.1
Visually inspect the related harnesses. Look for

chafed, pierced, or partially broken wire.
Refer to any Hotline Newsletters or technical
service bulletins that may apply.
5. If a fault occurs while the MI is already illuminated due to a previous fault (the distance count
is updating), then the distance count continues
to update w/out interruption.
6. If the MI is flashing due to active misfire and
there is an active fault (i.e. matured fault for
which 3 good trips have not occurred), the distance count behaves as the MI in ON.
7. If the MI is flashing due to active misfire and
there is no active fault (i.e. the MI is flashing
for a 1 malf.), the distance count behaves as if
the MI is off (because it is not yet a matured
fault).
8. The distance count is cleared whenever the fault
is cleared. (Via 40 warm up cycles, or via scan
tool).
3.3.4
INTERMITTENT CODE
HANDLING NO TROUBLE CODE

PROBLEMS
Symptom checks cannot be used properly unless

the driveability problem characteristic actually
happens while the vehicle is being tested.
Select the symptom that most accurately describes the vehicles driveability problem and then
perform the test routine that pertains to this symptom. Perform each routine test in sequence until the
problem is found. For definitions, see Section 6.0
Glossary Of Terms.
A diagnostic trouble code that is not there every

time the PCM checks the circuit is an intermittent
code. Most intermittent codes are caused by wiring
or connector problems. Defects that come and go
like this are the most difficult to diagnose; they
must be looked for under specific conditions that
cause them. The following checks may assist you in
identifying a possible intermittent problem:
Visually inspect related wire harness connectors.
Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded
terminals.
10
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYMPTOM
DIAGNOSTIC TEST
HARD START
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
THE FUEL PRESSURE

COOLANT SENSOR CALIBRATION
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR CALIBRATION
MAP SENSOR CALIBRATION
THE MINIMUM IDLE AIR FLOW
IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR OPERATION
EVAP EMISSION SYSTEM
IAT SENSOR
START AND STALL
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
PCM POWER AND GND CKT

THE FUEL PRESSURE
HESITATION/SAG/STUMBLE
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING

THE FUEL PRESSURE
IAT SENSOR
SURGE
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING

THE FUEL PRESSURE
LACK OF POWER/SLUGGISH
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING

THE FUEL PRESSURE
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING

THE FUEL PRESSURE
11
GENERAL INFORMATION
SYMPTOM
CUTS OUT/MISSES
DIAGNOSTIC TEST
CHECKING PCM POWER AND GNT CKT
CHECKING THE FUEL PRESSURE
CHECKING THE MINIMUM IDLE AIR FLOW
CHECKING IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR OPERATION
BACKFIRE/POPBACK
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING

THE FUEL PRESSURE
RUNS ROUGH/UNSTABLE/
ERRATIC IDLE
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING

THE FUEL PRESSURE
IAT SENSOR
ENGINE STALLS IN GEAR
CHECK TCC OPERATION
POOR FUEL ECONOMY
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
CHECKING
3.3.5

THE FUEL PRESSURE
EVAP EMISSION SYSTEM (WHEN EQUIPPED)
IAT SENSOR
NO START INFORMATION
3.5
DRBIIIT ERROR MESSAGES AND

BLANK SCREEN
IMPORTANT NOTE:
Under normal operation, the DRBIIIt will display one of only two error messages:
User-Requested WARM Boot by pressing
MORE and NO at the same time.
If the Powertrain Control Module has been

changed and the correct VIN and mileage have not
been programmed, a DTC will be set in the ABS and
Air bag modules. In addition, if the vehicle is
equipped with a Sentry Key Immobilizer Module
(SKIM), Secret Key data must be updated to enable
starting.
ver: 2.29
date: 1 Oct 93
file: key_itf.cc
date: Jan 12 1994
line: 544
err: 0x1
User-Requested WARM Boot
FOR ABS AND AIR BAG SYSTEMS:

1. Enter correct VIN and Mileage in PCM.
2. Erase codes in ABS and Air Bag modules.
3.4
Press MORE to switch between this display

and the application screen.
Press F4 when done noting information.
USING THE DRBIIIT
Refer to the DRBIIIt users guide for instructions

and assistance with reading trouble codes, erasing
trouble codes, and other DRBIIIt functions.
or User-Requested COLD Boot by pressing

MORE YES at the same time.
12
GENERAL INFORMATION
information available at the time of publication.
The right is reserved to make changes at any time
without notice.
ver: 2.29
date: 1 Oct 99
file: hndi.cc
date: Mar 8 2000
line: 1297
err: 0x1
User-Requested COLD Boot
4.2
4.2.1
Press MORE to switch between this display

and the application screen.
Press F4 when done noting information.
3.5.1
TECHNICIAN SAFETY INFORMATION
WARNING: ENGINES PRODUCE CARBON

MONOXIDE THAT IS ODORLESS, CAUSES
SLOWER REACTION TIME, AND CAN LEAD
TO SERIOUS INJURY. WHEN THE ENGINE IS
OPERATING, KEEP SERVICE AREAS WELL
VENTILATED OR ATTACH THE VEHICLE
EXHAUST SYSTEM TO THE SHOP EXHAUST
REMOVAL SYSTEM.
DRBIIIT DOES NOT POWER UP
If the LEDs do not light or no sound is emitted at

start up, check for loose cable connections or a bad
cable. Check the vehicle battery voltage (data link
connector cavity 16). A minimum of 11 volts is
required to adequately power the DRBIIIt.
If all connections are proper between the DRBIIIt and the vehicle or other devices, and the vehicle
battery is fully charged, and inoperative DRBIIIt
may be the result of faulty cable or vehicle wiring.
For a blank screen, refer to the appropriate body
diagnostics manual.
3.5.2
SAFETY
Set the parking brake and block the wheels before

testing or repairing the vehicle. It is especially
important to block the wheels on front-wheel drive
vehicles; the parking brake does not hold the drive
wheels.
When servicing a vehicle, always wear eye protection, and remove any metal jewelry such as
watchbands or bracelets that might make an inadvertent electrical contact.
When diagnosing a powertrain system problem,
it is important to follow approved procedures where
applicable. These procedures can be found in service manual procedures. Following these procedures is very important to the safety of individuals
performing diagnostic tests.
DISPLAY IS NOT VISIBLE
Low temperatures will affect the visibility of the

display. Adjust the contrast to compensate for this
condition.
4.2.2
VEHICLE PREPARATION FOR

TESTING
Make sure the vehicle being tested has a fully

charged battery. If it does not, false diagnostic codes
or error messages may occur.
4.2.3
4.0
4.1
SERVICING SUB-ASSEMBLIES
Some components of the powertrain system are

intended to be serviced in assembly only. Attempting to remove or repair certain system subcomponents may result in personal injury and/or
improper system operation. Only those components
with approved repair and installation procedures in
the service manual should be serviced.
DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY,
WARNINGS
DISCLAIMERS
All information, illustrations, and specifications

contained in this manual are based on the latest
13
GENERAL INFORMATION
4.2.4
DRBIIIT SAFETY INFORMATION
4.3
WARNING: EXCEEDING THE LIMITS OF THE

DRBIIIT MULTIMETER IS DANGEROUS. IT
CAN EXPOSE YOU TO SERIOUS INJURY.
CAREFULLY READ AND UNDERSTAND THE
CAUTIONS AND
THE
SPECIFICATION
LIMITS.
4.3.1
CAUTION: BEFORE ROAD TESTING A

VEHICLE,
BE
SURE
THAT
ALL
COMPONENTS
ARE
REASSEMBLED.
DURING THE TEST DRIVE, DO NOT TRY TO
READ THE DRBIIIT SCREEN WHILE IN
MOTION. DO NOT HANG THE DRBIIIT FROM
THE REAR VIEW MIRROR OR OPERATE IT
YOURSELF.
HAVE
AN
ASSISTANT
AVAILABLE TO OPERATE THE DRBIIIT.
To avoid electrical shock, do not touch the test

leads, tips, or the circuit being tested.
Choose the proper range and function for the
measurement. Do not try voltage or current measurements that may exceed the rated capacity.
Do not exceed the limits shown in the table below:
FUNCTION
INPUT LIMIT
Volts
0 - 500 peak volts AC

0 - 500 volts DC
Ohms (resistance)*
0 - 1.12 megohms
Frequency Measured
Frequency Generated
0 - 10 kHz
Temperature
-58 - 1100F
-50 - 600C
4.3.2
VEHICLE DAMAGE CAUTIONS
Before disconnecting any control module, make

sure the ignition is off. Failure to do so could
damage the module.
When testing voltage or continuity at any control
module, use the terminal side (not the wire end) of
the connector. Do not probe a wire through the
insulation; this will damage it and eventually cause
it to fail because of corrosion.
Be careful when performing electrical tests so as
to prevent accidental shorting of terminals. Such
mistakes can damage fuses or components. Also, a
second code could be set, making diagnosis of the
original problem more difficult.
* Ohms cannot be measured if voltage is present.

Ohms can be measured only in a non-powered
circuit.
ROAD TEST WARNINGS
Some complaints will require a test drive as part

of the repair verification procedure. The purpose of
the test drive is to try to duplicate the diagnostic
code or symptom condition.
Follow the vehicle manufacturers service specifications at all times.

Do not use the DRBIIIt if it has been damaged.
Do not use the test leads if the insulation is
damaged or if metal is exposed.
WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS
5.0
Voltage between any terminal and ground must

not exceed 500v DC or 500v peak AC.
Use caution when measuring voltage above 25v
DC or 25v AC.
RECOMMENDED TOOLS
AND EQUIPMENT
DRBIIIt (diagnostic read-out box) scan tool

fuel pressure adapter (C-6631) or #6539
fuel pressure kit (C-4799-B) or #5069
fuel release hose (C-4799-1)
min air flow fitting #6714
jumper wires
ohmmeter
oscilloscope
vacuum gauge
voltmeter
12 volt test light minimum 25 ohms resistance
with probe #6801
EVAP system test kit #6917
Fuel cap adaptor #8382
The circuit being tested must be protected by a

10A fuse or circuit breaker.
Use the low current shunt to measure circuits up
to 10A. Use the high current clamp to measure
circuits exceeding 10A.
When testing for the presence of voltage or current, make sure the meter is functioning correctly. Take a reading of a known voltage or
current before accepting a zero reading.
When measuring current, connect the meter in
series with the load.
Disconnect the live test lead before disconnecting
the common test lead.
When using the meter function, keep the
DRBIIIt away from spark plug or coil wires to
avoid measuring error from outside interference.
14
GENERAL INFORMATION
CAUTION: A 12 VOLT TEST LIGHT SHOULD
NOT BE USED FOR THE FOLLOWING
CIRCUITS, DAMAGE TO THE POWERTRAIN
CONTROLLER WILL OCCUR.
5 Volt Supply
8 Volt Supply
J1850 PCI Bus
CCD Bus
CKP Sensor Signal
CMP Sensor Signal
Vehicle Speed Sensor Signal
O2 Sensor Signal
6.0
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
JTEC
Combined engine and transmission

control module
lack of
power,
sluggish
The engine has less than expected

power, with little or no increase in
vehicle speed when the throttle is
opened.
LDP
leak detection pump
MAP
manifold absolute pressure sensor
MIL
malfunction indicator lamp
MTV
manifold tuning valve
O2S
oxygen sensor
PCI
programmable communications interface
ABS
anti-lock brake system
PCM
powertrain control module
backfire,
popback
fuel ignites in either the intake or

the exhaust system
PCV
positive crankcase ventilation
PEP
peripheral expansion port
CKP
crank position sensor
CMP
camshaft position sensor
poor fuel
economy
There is significantly less fuel mileage than other vehicles of the same
design and configuration
cuts out,
misses
a steady pulsation or the inability of

the engine to maintain a consistent
rpm
DLC
data link connector (previously

called engine diagnostic connector)
rough,
unstable,
or erratic idle
stalling
detonation,
spark
knock
a mild to severe ping, especially under loaded engine conditions
The engine runs unevenly at idle

and causes the engine to shake if it
is severe enough. The engine idle
rpm may vary (called hunting).
This condition may cause stalling if
it is severe enough.
SBEC
Single Board Engine Controller
SKIM
Sentry Key Immobilizer Module
ECT
engine coolant temperature sensor
SKIS
Sentry Key Immobilizer System
EGR
exhaust gas recirculation valve and

system
start &
stall
The engine starts but immediately

dies.
EMCC
electronic modulated converter

clutch
surge
engine rpm fluctuation without corresponding change in throttle position sensor
generator
previously called alternator
TCC
torque converter clutch
hard
start
The engine takes longer than usual

to start, even though it is able to
crank normally.
TPS
throttle position sensor
TRS
transmission range sensor
hesitation, sag,
stumble
There is a momentary lack of response when the throttle is opened.

This can occur at all vehicle speeds.
If it is severe enough, the engine
may stall.
VSS
vehicle speed sensor/signal
IAT
intake air temperature sensor
IAC
idle air control valve
15
NOTES
16
7.0
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND
PROCEDURES
17
CHARGING
Symptom:
P0622-GENERATOR FIELD NOT SWITCHING PROPERLY
When Monitored and Set Condition:

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
monitoring.
With the ignition key on and the engine running.
When the PCM tries to regulate the generator field with no result during
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GENERATOR FIELD WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
GENERATOR FIELD WIRING HARNESS OBSERVABLE PROBLEM
GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
GENERATOR FIELD RESISTANCE >= 5.0 OHMS
GENERATOR FIELD SOURCE (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Ignition on, engine not running.

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Generator Field Driver Circuit.
Using a 12-volt test light, backprobe the Generator Field Driver Circuit at the back
of the Generator.
Did the light blink?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

With the DRBIIIt actuate the Generator Field Driver Circuit.
Wiggle Wiring Harness from the Generator to PCM.
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
Does the Generator Field Driver (-) Circuit code return?
Yes
Repair as necessary where wiggling caused problem to appear.

Perform POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 3.
No
Test Complete.
18
All
CHARGING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Record all DTCs and freeze frame data, now erase Codes.
Carefully inspect all Connectors for corrosion or spread Terminals before continuing.
Backprobe the Generator Field Source (+) Circuit at back of Generator.
Is the voltage above 10.0 volts?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Generator Field Source (+) Circuit to Generator.

Turn the ignition off.

Disconnect the PCM harness connector(s).
Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector.
Measure the Generator Field Driver Circuit from PCM Connector to ground.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms?
Yes
Repair the Generator Field Driver Circuit shorted to ground.

No
Go To
All

Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Note: Check Connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the Generator Field Driver Circuit from PCM to Generator.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Generator Field Driver Circuit.

All

Disconnect the Generator Field harness connector at back of the Generator.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure resistance across the Generator Field Terminals at the Generator.
Yes
Repair the Generator as necessary.

No
Go To
All
If there are no possible causes remaining,

View repair.
All
Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service Information.
19
CHARGING
Symptom:
P0622-GENERATOR FIELD NOT SWITCHING PROPERLY - DIESEL

When Monitored:
With the engine speed greater than 1500 RPM for at least 25 seconds.
Set Condition: When the PCM tries to regulate the generator output with no result
during monitoring.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT CONDITION
CHECK FOR OTHER CHARGING SYSTEM DTCS
GENERATOR FIELD CIRCUIT OPEN
GENERATOR SOURCE CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (INTERNAL DRIVER FAULT)
GENERATOR (FIELD OPEN)
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (GENERATOR SOURCE OPEN)
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn the ignition on.
With the DRB, read PCM DTCs.
Are there any other Charging System related DTCs?
Yes
Refer to the symptom list for the related symptom(s).

Perform CHARGING VERIFICATION - VER-3.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
NOTE: The battery must be fully charged and the generator belt must be in
good condition and tensioned properly before continuing.
With the DRB, erase PCM DTCs.
Turn the ignition off for 10 seconds, then start the engine.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn the ignition off, then on.

Measure the voltage of the Generator Field Driver circuit in PCM harness connector
C2 by back probing.
Yes
No
Go To
4
20
All
All
CHARGING
Continued
TEST
4
ACTION
Measure the voltage of the Generator Source circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Measure the resistance of the Generator Field circuit.
Yes
Replace the Generator.

No
Repair the Generator Field circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance of the Generator Source circuit.
Yes
No
Repair the Generator Source circuit for an open.

WARNING: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A

DIRECT LINE WITH THE FAN. DO NOT PUT YOUR HANDS NEAR THE
PULLEYS, BELTS OR FAN. DO NOT WEAR LOOSE CLOTHING.
NOTE: The conditions that set the DTC are not present at this time. The
following list may help in identifying the intermittent condition.
With the engine running at normal operating temperature, monitor the DRB
parameters related to the DTC while wiggling the wiring harness. Look for parameter values to change and/or a DTC to set.
Review the DTC When Monitored and Set Conditions. If possible, try to duplicate the
conditions under which the DTC was set.
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.
Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or
partially broken wires.
Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed
out, or corroded terminals.
Were any of the above conditions present?
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
21
APPLICABILITY
All
All
All
All
CHARGING
Symptom:
P1492-AMBIENT/BATT TEMP SEN VOLTS TOO HIGH

When Monitored:
With the ignition key on.
Set Condition: The PCM senses the voltage from the AMBIENT/BATT temperature
sensor to be above 4.9 volts for 3 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
AMBIENT/BATT SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
AMBIENT/BATT SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
AMBIENT/BATT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
PCM
WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the DTC Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero for P1492?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the AMBIENT/BATT Temperature Sensor harness
connector.
Measure the resistance between the Sensor Ground circuit and ground at the
AMBIENT/BATT Temperature Sensor connector.
No
Repair the open Sensor Ground circuit.

Yes
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the AMBIENT/BATT harness connector. Disconnect
the PCM harness connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the AMBIENT/BATT Signal circuit from the AMBIENT/
BATT harness connector to the PCM harness connector.
No
Repair the open circuit.

Yes
Go To
22
All
CHARGING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the AMBIENT/BATT harness connector. Start the
engine. Allow engine to idle.
Measure the AMBIENT/BATT Signal circuit voltage at the AMBIENT/BATT harness
connector.
All
Yes
Repair the short to voltage.

No
Go To
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the AMBIENT/BATT Temperature Sensor connector. Turn the ignition on.
With the DRBIIIt in sensors, read the 9Ambient/Bat Tmp Vlt9 value. Connect a
jumper wire between the AMB/BATT Signal circuit and the Sensor Ground circuit at
the AMB\BATT connector. Voltage should change from greater than 4.5 volts to less
than 1.0 volt.
Did the 9Ambient/Bat Tmp Vlt9 value change from greater than 4.5 volts to less than
1.0 volt?
Yes
Replace the AMBIENT/BATT Temperature Sensor.

No
Go To
All
If there are no possible causes remaining, view repair.
All
Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module Module in
accordance with the Service Information.
7

Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, or partially broken wires.
Note: Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken,
bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Note: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSB) that may apply.
Perform a wiggle test on the related wiring harnesses with the engine running.
Were any problems found?
Yes
Repair wiring harness/connectors as necessary.

No
Test Complete.
23
All
CHARGING
Symptom:
P1492-AMBIENT/BATT TEMP SEN VOLTS TOO HIGH - DIESEL

When Monitored:
With the ignition on.
Set Condition: The PCM detects voltage on the ambient/battery temperature sensor
signal circuit above 4.94 volts for more than 3 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (SHORTED TO VOLTAGE INTERNALLY)
AMB/BATT TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
AMBIENT/BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
AMBIENT/BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
AMBIENT/BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (OPEN INTERNALLY)
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB, erase PCM DTCs.
Cycle the ignition on for five seconds, then off for five seconds, several times.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the Ambient/Battery Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Measure the voltage between ground and the Ambient/Battery Temperature Sensor
Signal circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
24
APPLICABILITY
All
All
CHARGING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Remove the ASD/Diesel Power Relay from the PDC.
Connect a jumper wire between cavity 30 and cavity 87 of the ASD/Diesel Power
Relay connector.
Measure the voltage between ground and the Amb/Batt Temp Sensor Signal circuit.
Is the voltage below 0.5 volt?
All
Yes
No
Repair the Ambient/Battery Temperature Sensor Signal circuit

for a short to voltage.

Measure the resistance of the Amb/Batt Temp Sensor.
Is the resistance above 100 kohms?
Yes
Replace the Ambient/Battery Temperature Sensor.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the Amb/Batt Temp Sensor Signal circuit.
Yes
Go To
No

for an open.
All

Measure the resistance of the Amb/Batt Temp Sensor Ground circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Ambient/Battery Temperature Sensor Ground circuit

for an open.
All

Repair
25
All
CHARGING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

All
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
26
CHARGING
Symptom:
P1493-AMBIENT/BATT TEMP SEN VOLTS TOO LOW

When Monitored:
Set Condition: The PCM senses the voltage from the AMBIENT/BATT temperature
sensor to be below 0.5 volt for 3 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AMBIENT/BATT TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
AMBIENT/BATT TEMPERATURE SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the DTC Specific Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero for P1493?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

With the DRBIIIt in sensors, read the 9Ambient/Bat TMP VLT9 value. Disconnect the
AMBIENT/BATT Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Did the 9Ambient/Bat Tmp Vlt9 value change from below 1.0 volt to above 4.5 volts?
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the AMBIENT/BATT harness connector. Disconnect
the PCM harness connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the AMBIENT/BATT temperature sensor Signal circuit
from the AMBIENT/BATT temp sensor harness connector to ground.
Yes
Repair the short to ground.

No
Go To
27
All
CHARGING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn the ignition off. Disconnect the AMBIENT/BATT temperature sensor harness
connector. Disconnect the PCM harness connectors.
Measure the resistance between the AMBIENT/BATT temperature sensor Signal
circuit and the Sensor Ground circuit at the AMBIENT/BATT temp sensor harness
connector.
All
Yes
Repair the shorted circuit.

No
Go To
All
Repair
6

Yes

No
Test Complete.
28
All
CHARGING
Symptom:
P1493-AMBIENT/BATT TEMP SEN VOLTS TOO LOW - DIESEL

P1493-AMBIENT/BATT TEMP SEN VOLTS TOO LOW - DIESEL
When Monitored:
Set Condition: The PCM detects voltage on the ambient/battery temperature sensor
signal circuit below 0.08 volt for more than 3 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AMBIENT/BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
AMBIENT/BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
AMB/BATT TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL AND SENSOR GROUND CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (SHORT TO GROUND INTERNALLY)
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB, read the voltage of the Ambient/Battery Temperature Sensor.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

With the DRB, read the voltage of the Ambient/Battery Temperature Sensor.
Yes
Replace the Ambient/Battery Temperature Sensor.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Amb/Batt Temp Sensor Signal
circuit.
Yes
Go To
No

for a short to ground.
29
All
CHARGING
P1493-AMBIENT/BATT TEMP SEN VOLTS TOO LOW - DIESEL Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between the Amb/Batt Temp Sensor Signal circuit and Sensor
Ground circuit.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Ambient/Battery Temperature Sensor Signal and

Sensor Ground circuits for a short together.
All
Repair
6

Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
30
All
CHARGING
Symptom:
P1594-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO HIGH

When Monitored:
With the ignition key on and the engine speed greater than 0 RPM.
Set Condition: When the PCM regulates the generator field and there are no detected
field problems, but the voltage output does not decrease.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
GENERATOR FIELD SHORTED TO GROUND
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (BATTERY VOLTAGE)
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (GENERATOR RESISTANCE)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Generator Field Driver.
With a 12-volt test light, backprobe the Generator Field Driver Circuit in back of
Generator.
Did the light blink?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Generator Field Driver.
With DRBIIIt, stop the Generator Field Driver actuation.
With DRBIIIt, read the Target Charging voltage.
Is the Target Charging voltage above 0 volts?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Start the engine.

Manually set the engine speed to 1600 RPM.
With DRBIIIt, read both the Battery voltage and the Target Charging voltage.
Compare the 9Target Voltage9 to the 9Battery Voltage9 reading.
Monitor voltage for 5 minutes, if necessary. Look for a 1.0 volt difference or more.
Was there more than a 1.0 volt difference?
Yes
No
Test Complete.
31
All
All
CHARGING
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
.With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the AMBIENT/BATT temperature.
Using a thermometer measure under hood temperature near Battery tray.
Is the temperature within 10 deg of Battery temperature?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace AMBIENT/BATT Temperature Sensor.

APPLICABILITY
All
If there are no possible causes remaining.

View repair options.
All
Repair
Replace Powertrain AMBIENT/BATT TEMP SENSOR.
6

Measure the Generator Field Driver Circuit from PCM harness connector to ground.
Yes

No
Go To
All

Disconnect the Field Harness Connector at back of the Generator.
Measure resistance of the Generator Field Driver Circuit at the Generator to Ground.
Yes
Repair or replace the shorted Generator as necessary.

No
Go To
All

Repair
Replace the Powertrain Control Module.
32
All
CHARGING
Symptom:
P1594-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO HIGH - DIESEL

When Monitored:
With the engine running.
Set Condition: The voltage at PCM cavity C1-22 is 1.0 volt or more above the target
charging voltage for at least 3 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (TARGET CHARGING VOLTAGE TOO LOW)
GENERATOR SHORTED TO GROUND INTERNALLY
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (FIELD DRIVER SHORTED TO GROUND)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: The battery must be fully charged and the generator belt must be in
good condition and tensioned properly before continuing.
With the DRB, actuate the Generator Field.
Measure the voltage between ground and the Generator Field Driver circuit by back
probing the Generator Field harness connector with a voltmeter.
Does the voltage cycle from B+ to below 2.0 volts?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
NOTE: With the DRB, stop the Generator Field actuation.

2
Start the engine.

With the DRB, read the Target Charging voltage
Is the Target Charging voltage above 13.0 volts?
Yes
Go To
No
33
All
CHARGING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

All
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.

Disconnect PCM harness connector C2.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Generator Field Driver circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Generator Field Driver circuit for a short to ground.

All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Generator Field Driver terminal on
the back of the Generator.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair or replace the Generator as necessary.

All

Repair
34
All
CHARGING
Symptom:
P1600-BATTERY VOLTAGE SRC HIGH EXCEEDED - DIESEL

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
seconds.
The ECM detects the system voltage has exceeded 20 volts for at least 5
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK THE CHARGING VOLTAGE AT 2000 RPM
CLEAR THE DTC AND RETEST
TEST
1
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Start the engine.

Set the engine speed to 2000 RPM.
Measure the voltage at the battery.
Yes
Refer to symptom list for problems related to the charging

system.
No
Go To

With the DRB, erase ECM DTCs.
Start the engine and vary the engine speed between idle and 2500 RPM for several
minutes..
With the DRB, read ECM DTCs.
Did this DTC reset?
Yes
Replace and program the Engine Control Module in accordance

with the Service Information.
No
Go To
35
All
CHARGING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

All
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
36
CHARGING
Symptom:
P1682-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO LOW

When Monitored:
25 seconds.
With the ignition key on and the engine running over 1500 RPM after
Set Condition: When the PCM regulates the generator field and there are no detected
field problems, but the voltage output does not increase.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
B (+) CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
GENERATOR GROUND HIGH RESISTANCE
GENERATOR FIELD SOURCE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
GENERATOR FIELD SOURCE (+) CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Note: Battery must be fully charged.
Note: Generator Belt tension and condition must be checked before continuing.
Start the engine.
With theDRBIIIt, read the target charging voltage.
Is the target charging voltage above 15.1 volts?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Note: Battery must be fully charged.
Note: Generator Belt tension and condition must be checked before continuing.
Start the engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
With the DRBIIIt in sensors, read the AMBIENT/BAT TMP DEG.
Using a Thermometer, measure under hood temperature.
Is the temperature within 10 F degrees of Battery temperature?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
37
All
CHARGING
TEST
3
Continued
ACTION
Disconnect the AMBIENT/BATT harness Connector.
Connect a jumper across the Terminals of the AMBIENT/BATT (harness side).
With the DRBIIIt in sensors, read the AMBIENT/BAT VOLT.
Is the voltage reading equal to zero?
Yes
Replace the AMBIENT/BATT temperature sensor.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Generator Field Source (+) Circuit from Generator.
All

Yes
Go To
No

All

Disconnect the generator field harness connector.
Measure the Generator Field Source Circuit from PCM harness connector to ground.
Yes
Repair the Generator Field Source Circuit shorted to ground and

replace PCM.
No
Go To
All

Yes

No
Go To
38
All
CHARGING
TEST
8
10
11
12
Continued
ACTION
Start the engine.
Warm the engine to operating temperature.
Caution: Ensure all wires are clear of the engines moving parts.
Measure voltage between the Generator case and Battery (-) Post.
Is the voltage above 0.1 volt?
Yes
Repair Generator Ground for high resistance, Generator Case to

Battery (-) side.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
17
Turn ignition on, engine not running.

Measure voltage between the Generator B(+) Terminal and the Battery (+) Post.
Start the engine.
Yes
Repair the B(+) Circuit for high resistance between the Generator
and Battery.
No
Go To
All
10
Start the engine.

Yes

Battery (-) side.
No
Go To
All
11
CAUTION: WHEN THE ENGINE IS OPERATING, DO NOT STAND IN A

Start the engine.
Turn on all accessories, manually set engine speed to 1600 RPM.
With DRBIIIt, read Target Charging and Charging voltage.
Compare the two readings.
Is there more than a 1.0 volt difference?
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete.
All
12

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Generator Field.
Measure the voltage at both Generator Field Terminals.
Is the voltage below 3.0 volts at either Terminal?
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete.
13
39
All
CHARGING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
13

All
14
15
16
17
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Generator Field Source (+) Circuit from Generator.
14

Yes

No
Go To
All
15

Yes
Go To
No

All
16

Disconnect the generator field harness connector.
Measure the Generator Field Source Circuit from PCM harness connector to ground.
Yes
Repair the Generator Field Source Circuit shorted to ground and

replace PCM.
No
Go To
All
17

Repair
40
All
CHARGING
Symptom List:
P1682-CHARGING SYSTEM VOLTAGE TOO LOW - DIESEL
*CHECKING THE CHARGING SYSTEM OPERATION - DIESEL
Test Note:
All symptoms listed above are diagnosed using the same tests.
The title for the tests will be P1682-CHARGING SYSTEM
VOLTAGE TOO LOW - DIESEL.

When Monitored:
With the engine running.
Set Condition: The voltage at PCM cavity C1-22 is 0.5 volt or more below the target
charging voltage for at least 3 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR CYCLING VOLTAGE ON THE GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER CIRCUIT
GENERATOR BELT CONDITION OR TENSION
HIGH RESISTANCE IN THE FUSED B+ CIRCUIT TO THE PCM
GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
GENERATOR FUSED B+ CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
GENERATOR GROUND CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Inspect the vehicle for aftermarket accessories that may exceed the
Generator capacity.
NOTE: The battery must be fully charged before continuing.
Inspect the generator belt condition and tension.
Is the generator belt in good condition and tensioned properly?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair as necessary.
41
CHARGING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRB, actuate the Generator Field.
Measure the voltage between ground and the Generator Field Driver circuit by back
probing the Generator Field harness connector with a voltmeter.
NOTE: The voltage should cycle from Battery voltage to below 2.0 volts
every 1.4 seconds.
While monitoring the voltmeter, wiggle the generator field harness and connectors
between the generator, PCM and the ASD/Diesel Power Relay (in the PDC).
Was there any interruption of the normal voltage cycling?
All
Yes
Repair the harness as necessary where the wiggling caused the

interruption.
No
Go To
NOTE: With the DRB, stop the Generator Field actuation.

3
Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the generator B+ (12V) terminal and the
negative lead to the battery positive (+) post.
WARNING: KEEP EVERYTHING CLEAR OF THE ENGINES MOVING
PARTS.
Start the engine.
Is the voltage on the voltmeter below 0.4 volt?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Generator Fused B+ circuit for high resistance.

All
Connect the positive lead of a voltmeter to the generator case (housing) and the
negative lead to the battery negative (-) post.
WARNING: KEEP EVERYTHING CLEAR OF THE ENGINES MOVING
PARTS.
Start the engine.
Is the voltage on the voltmeter below 0.4 volt?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Generator Ground circuit for high resistance.

All
Turn the ignition off, then on.

With the DRB, read and record the Battery Voltage.
With a voltmeter, measure and record the voltage between the Battery terminals.
Compare the DRB Battery Voltage reading to the voltmeter reading.
Is the difference between the two readings less than 0.5 volt?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
42
All
CHARGING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

All
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.

With a voltmeter, measure and record the voltage between the Battery terminals.
Measure the voltage of the Fused B+ circuit in the PCM C1 harness connector.
Are the voltage measurements within 0.5 volt of each other?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B+ circuit to the Powertrain Control Module for

high resistance.
All

Measure the voltage of the Generator Field Driver circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Generator Field Driver circuit for a short to voltage.

All

Measure the voltage of the ASD Relay Output circuit in PCM harness connector C3,
cavity 12.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the ASD Relay Output circuit for an open.

10
43
All
CHARGING
TEST
10
11
ACTION
Measure the resistance of the Generator Field Driver circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Generator Field Driver circuit for an open.

Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
11

Repair
44
All
CHARGING
Symptom:
*CHECKING CHARGING SYSTEM OPERATION WITH NO DTCS
PRESENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
B (+) CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
GENERATOR GROUND HIGH RESISTANCE
B(+) CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE (1.0 VOLT)
GENERATOR BELT OBSERVABLE PROBLEM
GENERATOR FIELD TERMINAL INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
TROUBLE CODES PRESENT
TROUBLE CODES PRESENT 2000 RPM
PCM (CHARGING SYSTEM NO CODE)
TEST
1
ACTION
Note: Battery condition must be verified prior to this test.
Inspect the Generator Belt tension and condition.
Is the Generator Belt OK?
Yes
Go To
No
APPLICABILITY
All
Start the engine.

Turn on all accessories.
Raise engine speed to 2000 RPM for 30 seconds then return to idle.
Are there any 9Charging System9 Trouble Codes?
Yes
Refer to Symptom list for problems related to Charging.

No
Go To
All

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Generator Field.
Using a 12-volt test light, backprobe the Generator Field Driver Terminal at the back
of the Generator.
Note: The test light should blink On and Off every 1.4 seconds.
While monitoring the 12-volt test light, wiggle the Field Terminals back to the PCM
and ASD Relay.
Was there any interruption in the normal cycle of the test light?
Yes
Repair the wire where wiggling interrupted the voltage cycle.

No
Go To
45
All
CHARGING
PRESENT Continued
TEST
4
ACTION
Are there any 9Charging System9 trouble codes?
Yes
Refer to Symptom list for problems related to Charging.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Turn ignition on, engine not running.

Measure voltage between the Generator B(+) Terminal and the Battery (+) Post.
Start the engine.
Yes
Repair the B(+) Circuit for high resistance between the Generator
and Battery.
No
Go To
All
Start the engine.

Yes

Battery (-) side.
No
Go To
All

With the DRBIIIt, read the Battery voltage and record the results.
Measure Battery voltage B(+) to B(-) Terminal and record the results.
Compare the two voltage readings.
Is the voltage difference less than one volt?
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
All

With the DRBIIIt, read the Battery voltage and record the results.
Turn the Ignition off.
Measure the Fused B(+) at PCM Connector.
Is the voltage within one volt of the DRB recorded reading?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the B(+) Circuit for high resistance between the PCM and
the Battery.
46
All
CHARGING
PRESENT Continued
TEST
9
ACTION
Repair
47
APPLICABILITY
All
CHARGING
Symptom:
*CHECKING THE AMBIENT/BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AMBIENT/BATT (OUT OF CALIBRATION)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRBIIIt in sensors, read the 9Ambient/Bat Tmp Deg9 value and record the
reading.
Using a temp probe, measure the air temperature near the AMBIENT/BATT.
Is the recorded AMBIENT/BATT temperature value within 10 of the temperature
probe reading?
All
Yes
Go To
No


Disconnect the AMBIENT/BATT harness Connector.
Connect a jumper across the Terminals of the AMBIENT/BATT (harness side).
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the AMBIENT/BATT voltage.
Is the voltage reading equal to zero?
Yes
Replace the AMBIENT[B]ATT temperature sensor.

No
Test Complete.
48
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
P0601-PCM INTERNAL CONTROLLER FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TEST
1
ACTION
NOTE: This DTC indicates an internal PCM problem.
Repair
49
APPLICABILITY
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
P1685-WRONG OR INVALID KEY MSG RECEIVED FROM SKIM

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The PCM does not receive a Valid Key message from the SKIM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INCORRECT VIN IN PCM
INVALID SKIM KEY NOT PRESENT
NO COMMUNICATION WITH SKIM
NO VIN PROGRAMMED IN THE PCM
PCM
SKIM TROUBLE CODES SET
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB III, read the PCM DTCs. Look for P1685.
Is the Starts Since Set counter for DTC P1685 displayed and equal to 0?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
With the DRB III, attempt to communicate with the SKIM.

Can the DRB III communicate with the SKIM?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom BUS +/- SIGNAL OPEN FROM SKIM in the

COMMUNICATION category.
Perform SKIS VERIFICATION.
APPLICABILITY
All
All

With the DRB III, check for SKIM DTCs.
Are any DTCs present in the SKIM?
All
Yes
Repair all SKIM DTCs.

No
Go To

With the DRB III, display the VIN that is programmed in the PCM.
Has a VIN been programmed into the PCM?
Yes
Go To
No
Program the correct VIN into the PCM and retest.

50
All
COMMUNICATION
Continued
TEST
5
ACTION
With the DRB III, display the VIN that is programmed in the PCM.
Was the correct VIN programmed into the PCM?
Yes
Go To
No
APPLICABILITY
All

Replace and program the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in accordance with the
Service Information.
With the DRB III, erase all SKIM and PCM DTCs.
Attempt to start and idle the engine.
With the DRB III, read the PCM DTCs.
Does the DRB III display this code?
Yes
No
Test Complete.
NOTE: This DTC could have been set if the SKIM harness connector was
disconnected, or if the SKIM was replaced recently.
NOTE: All keys that the customer uses for this vehicle must be tested to
verify they are operating properly.
Verify the correct VIN is programmed into the PCM and SKIM.
With the next customer key turn the ignition key on and crank the engine to start.
With the DRB III, read the PCM DTCs. Look for P1685
Is the Starts Since Set counter for DTC P1685 displayed and equal to 0?
Yes
Replace the Ignition Key.

No
Test Complete.
NOTE: If this DTC cannot be reset, it could have been an actual theft
attempt.
51
All
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
P1686-NO SKIM BUS MESSAGE RECEIVED

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The PCM does not receive a Bus message from the SKIM when expected.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SKIM/PCM
LOSS OF SKIM COMMUNICATION
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN FROM PCM TO SKIM
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB III, read the PCM DTCs. Look for P1686.
Is the Starts Since Set counter on the DTC screen for P1686 equal to Zero?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

With the DRB III, attempt to communicate with the SKIM.
NOTE: This test will indicate if the Bus is operational from the DLC to the
SKIM.
Was the DRB III able to communicate with the SKIM?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom BUS +/- SIGNAL OPEN FROM SKIM in the

COMMUNICATION category.
APPLICABILITY
All
All

Disconnect the SKIM harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the PCM harness connector
and the SKIM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the PCI Bus circuit between the PCM and the SKIM for an
open.
52
All
COMMUNICATION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Replace the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in accordance with the Service Information.
Display and erase all PCM and SKIM DTCs.
Perform 5 ignition key cycles leaving the ignition key on for 90 seconds per cycle.
With the DRB, display PCM DTCs.
Does the DRB display the same DTC?
All
Yes
Replace and program the PCM in accordance with the Service

Information.
No
Test Complete.
WARNING: KEEP CLEAR OF THE ENGINES MOVING PARTS.

With the engine running and at normal operating temperature, monitor the DRB
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
53
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (PCI BUS)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM PCI NO RESPONSE
PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

NOTE: As soon as one or more module communicates with the DRB, answer
the question.
With the DRB, enter Body then Body Computer.
With the DRB, enter Anti-Lock Brakes.
With the DRB, enter Body then Electro/Mechanical Cluster (MIC).
With the DRB, enter Passive Restraints then Airbag.
Were you able to establish communications with any of the modules?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom PCI Bus Communication Failure in the Communications category.

Perform ROAD TEST VERIFICATION - VER-2.
With the DRB read PCM Diagnostic Trouble Codes. This is to ensure power and
grounds to the PCM are operational.
NOTE: If the DRB will not read PCM DTCs, follow the NO RESPONSE TO
PCM (SCI only) symptom path, if vehicle will start. For NO START Conditions follow symptom NO RESPONSE in Starting catagory.
Disconnect the PCM C3 harness connector.
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRB. Attach the
red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
Select DRB Standalone.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the PCM ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCI Bus
circuit in the PCM connector.
Observe the voltage display on the DRB Lab Scope.
Does the voltage pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts?
Yes
Replace the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the

No
Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open.

54
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM (SCI ONLY) - GAS ONLY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK PCM POWERS AND GROUNDS
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
SCI CIRCUITS SHORTED TOGETHER
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
SCI RECEIVE CIRCUIT OPEN
SCI TRANSMIT CIRCUIT OPEN
GROUND CIRCUITS AT DLC OPEN
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Perform the symptom Checking PCM Power and Ground Circuits in the Driveability
category.
Did the vehicle pass this test?
All
Yes
Go To
No

Disconnect the DRB from the DLC.
Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Transmit circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the TCM harness connector (if equipped).
NOTE: If vehicle is not equipped with a TCM, answer yes to the question.
Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Transmit circuit.
Yes
Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for a short to ground.

No
Replace the Transmission Control Module.

55
All
All
COMMUNICATION
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
Measure the voltage of the SCI Transmit circuit at the DLC connector.
Yes
Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for a short to voltage.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the voltage of the SCI Receive circuit at the DLC connector.
Yes
Repair the SCI Receive circuit for a short to voltage.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between the SCI Transmit circuit and the SCI Receive circuit
at the PCM connector.
Yes
Repair the short between the SCI Transmit and the SCI Receive
circuits.
No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between ground and the SCI Receive circuit.
Yes
Repair the SCI Receive circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the SCI Receive circuit between the PCM C3 connector and
the DLC.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the SCI Receive circuit for an open.

56
All
COMMUNICATION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the SCI Transmit circuit between the PCM C3 connector
and the DLC.
All
10
11
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the SCI Transmit circuit for an open.

10

Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Measure the resistance between ground and both ground circuits at the DLC.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms for each measurement?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the ground circuit that measured above 5.0 ohms for an
open.
All
11

Repair
57
All
COMMUNICATION
Symptom:
*PCI BUS COMMUNICATION FAILURE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
WITH THE DRB PERFORM A MODULE SCAN
OPEN PCI BUS CIRCUIT AT THE DATA LINK CONNECTOR
USING THE DRB, PERFORM THE PCI BUS CONTROL MODE
DISCONNECT THE MODULE(S) HARNESS CONNECTOR
PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
DISCONNECT THE MODULE(S) HARNESS CONNECTOR
PCI BUS CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT FAILURE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Determine which modules this vehicle is equipped with before beginning.
Connect the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester #8339 to the DRB and to the Diagnostic
Junction Port.
Using the DRB, along with the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester #8339, select
Junction Port Tool then PCI Bus Module Scan and follow the instructions on the
DRB.
Was the DRB able to scan (I/D or communicate) with any modules?
All
Yes
Refer to the Communication category for the related symptom(s).

(Individual module no responses).
Perform BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1.
No
Go To

Measure the resistance of the PCI Bus circuit between the Data Link Connector and
the Diagnostic Junction Port connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the PCI Bus circuit for an open between the DLC and the
Diagnostic Junction Port.
58
All
COMMUNICATION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Determine which modules this vehicle is equipped with before beginning.
Connect the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester #8339 to the DRB and to the Diagnostic
Junction Port.
Using the DRB, along with the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester #8339, select
Junction Port Tool then PCI Bus Control Mode and follow the instructions on the
DRB.
Note: Perform this function on each pin that is equipped with a PCI Bus
circuit.
Did the DRB display No Modules Responding from any of the pins that were
scanned?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Check the PCI Bus circuit between the DLC and the Diagnostic
Junction Port connector for a short to voltage or to ground.
Disconnect the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester cable from the DRB. Keep the tester
connected to the Diagnostic Junction Port.
Measure the voltage of the PCI Bus circuit on the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester
that the DRB displayed No Modules Responding.
Is the voltage steadily above 7.0 volts?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Measure the voltage of the PCI Bus circuit on the Diagnostic Junction Port tester
that previously measured above 7.0 volts.
Note: Turn the ignition off before disconnecting any module harness
connector then turn the ignition on.
Disconnect the module harness connector(s). Note: If the problem occurred on pins 1
or 2 of the Diagnostic Junction Port tester, observe the voltmeter while disconnecting
each module connector one at a time.
Is the voltage steadily above 7.0 volts with the module(s) disconnected.
Yes
Repair the PCI Bus circuit that measured over 7.0 volts for a
short to voltage.
No
Replace the module that when disconnected the short to voltage

was eliminated.
Disconnect the Diagnostic Junction Port Tester cable from the DRB. Keep the tester
connected to the Diagnostic Junction Port.
Measure the resistance between ground and the PCI Bus circuit on the Diagnostic
Junction Port Tester that the DRB displayed No Modules Responding.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
59
All
All
All
COMMUNICATION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between ground and the PCI Bus circuit at the Diagnostic
Junction Port tester that previously measured below 100.0 ohms.
Disconnect the module harness connector(s). Note: If the problem occurred on pins 1
or 2 of the Diagnostic Junction Port tester, observe the ohmmeter while disconnecting
each module connector one at a time.
Is the resistance below 100.0 ohms with the module(s) disconnected.
All
Yes
Repair the PCI Bus circuit that measured below 100.0 ohms for a
short to ground.
No
Replace the module that when disconnected the short to ground

was eliminated.

Yes

No
Test Complete.
60
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom List:
P0031-O2
P0032-O2
P0037-O2
P0038-O2
P0051-O2
P0052-O2
Test Note:
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
HEATER
HEATER
HEATER
HEATER
HEATER
HEATER
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
LOW 1/1
HIGH 1/1
LOW 1/2
HIGH 1/2
LOW 2/1
HIGH 2/1
The title for the tests will be P0031-O2 SENSOR HEATER
CIRCUIT LOW 1/1.

P0031-O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT LOW 1/1
When Monitored: Battery voltage above 10.6 volts, ECT below a certain Temp but within
a set Temperature difference of Battery temp sensor.
Set Condition:
If voltage is lower than a specified voltage at start of test.
P0032-O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT HIGH 1/1

Set Condition:
If voltage is Higher than a specified voltage at start of test.

Set Condition:

Set Condition:

Set Condition:

Set Condition:

61
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED IGNITION FEED CIRCUIT OPEN
HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
HEATER ELEMENT CHECK
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Actuate O2 Heater Test
Monitor the O2 Heater Voltage for 5 minutes
Did the go down to close to zero?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
All
NOTE: Check for contaminates that may have damaged the O2 Sensor:
contaminated fuel, unapproved silicone, oil and coolant.
With the engine running at normal operating temperature, monitor the DRBIIIt
Review the DRBIIIt Freeze Frame information. If possible, try to duplicate the
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
Disconnect the O2 sensor harness connector.

Measure the resistance of the O2 Heater element circuit in the O2 sensor connector(component side).
Is the resistance between 4.3 and 5.3 ohms at 70 F(21.1C)?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the O2 sensor.
APPLICABILITY
All
All

Measure the voltage between the fused ignition circuit and ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair fused ignition feed circuit.
62
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
5
Continued
ACTION
Measure the resistance of the heater control circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair open or high resistance in the controlled ground circuit.

APPLICABILITY
All

Repair
63
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0071-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 1.0 VOLTS
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Good Trip display and equal to zero?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Disconnect the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Using a jumper wire, jumper across the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness
connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Ambient Temp sensor voltage.
Yes
Replace the Ambient Temperature Sensor.

No
Go To
All
NOTE: Ensure the voltmeter leads meet the terminals in the connector and
that there is good terminal to wire connection.
NOTE: Ensure the voltmeter leads are connected for positive polarity
Perform a voltage drop test by backprobing between the Sensor ground circuit at the
Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector and PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
Allow the engine to idle.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the high resistance in the Sensor ground circuit.

64
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
P0071-AMBIENT TEMP SENSOR PERFORMANCE
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Perform a voltage drop test by backprobing between the Ambient Temperature
Sensor Signal circuit at the Ambient Temperature Sensor harness connector and
PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the high resistance in the Ambient Temperature Sensor

Signal circuit.
All
Repair
6

Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
65
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0107-MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW

When Monitored: With the engine RPM above 416 but less than 1500, the TPS voltage
less than 1.13 volts, and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: The MAP sensor signal voltage is below 0.1 volt for 2.0 seconds with the
engine running.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
MAP SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
PCM 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
PCM MAP SENSOR SIGNAL
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the MAP Sensor voltage.
Is the voltage below 1.2 volts.
No
Go To
Yes
Go To
Start the engine.

Is the voltage below .04 volts.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
66
APPLICABILITY
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

following list below may help in indentifying the intermittent condition.
While the engine is running at normal operating temperatures, monitor the DRBIIIt
Review the DRBIIIt Freeze Frame information. If possible try and duplicate the
All
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.

Disconnect the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness
connector.
Is the voltage between 4.5 to 5.2 volts?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

With the DRBIIIt, monitor the MAP Sensor voltage.
Yes
Replace the MAP Sensor.

No
Go To
All
All

Measure the resistance of the MAP Sensor Signal circuit in the MAP Sensor harness
connector to ground.
Is the resistance below 5 ohms?
Yes
Repair the MAP Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Repair
67
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the MAP Sensor harness
All
10
Yes
Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To

Disconnect the PCM harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit between the MAP Sensor harness
connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for an open.

All
10

Repair
68
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0108-MAP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH

When Monitored: With the engine RPM above 400, the TPS voltage less than 1.13 volt,
and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts
Set Condition: The MAP sensor signal voltage is greater than 4.88 volts at start or with
the engine running for 2.2 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
MAP SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Start the engine.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Measure the resistance between the MAP Sensor Signal circuit and the 5 Volt Supply
circuit in the MAP Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Repair the MAP Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the 5 Volt
Supply circuit.
No
Go To
69
APPLICABILITY
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the voltage of the MAP Sensor Signal circuit in the MAP Sensor harness
connector.
All
Yes
Repair the MAP Sensor Signal circuit for a short to battery

voltage.
No
Go To

Connect a jumper wire between the MAP Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor
ground circuit.
Is the voltage below 1.0 volts?
Yes

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the MAP Sensor Signal circuit between the MAP Sensor
harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the MAP Sensor Signal circuit for an open.

All

Measure the resistance of the Sensor ground circuit in the MAP Sensor harness
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Sensor ground circuit for an open.

All

Repair
70
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

All
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
71
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMP PERFORMANCE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAT SENSOR VOLTAGE BELOW 1.0 VOLTS
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT HIGH RESISTANCE
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Good Trip display and equal to zero?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
All

Disconnect the Inlet Air Temperature Sensor harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read the IAT voltage.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Intake Air Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Using a jumper wire, jumper across the IAT Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Replace the Intake Air Temperature Sensor.

No
Go To
All
All
Perform a voltage drop test by backprobing between the Sensor ground circuit at the
IAT Sensor harness connector and PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the high resistance in the Sensor ground circuit.

72
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
P0111-INTAKE AIR TEMP PERFORMANCE
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Perform a voltage drop test by backprobing between the IAT Sensor Signal circuit at
the IAT Sensor harness connector and PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the high resistance in the IAT Sensor Signal circuit.

All
Repair
7

Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
73
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0112-INTAKE AIR TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE LOW

When Monitored:
With the ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: The Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor circuit voltage at the PCM goes
below 0.8 volt.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAT SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
IAT SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND
IAT SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Good Trip Counter for P0112 displayed and equal to zero?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

With the DRBIIIt, read the IATvoltage.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All
74
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

All
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Go To
4
All

Disconnect the IAT harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read IAT voltage.
Yes
Replace the IAT Sensor.

No
Go To

Disconnect the IAT Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the IAT Sensor Signal circuit in the IAT Sensor harness
Yes
Repair the IAT Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between the IAT Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor ground
circuit in the IAT Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Repair the IAT Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the Sensor
ground circuit.
No
Go To
75
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
7
Continued
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
8

Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
76
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0113-INTAKE AIR TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE HIGH

When Monitored:
Set Condition: The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor circuit voltage at the PCM goes
above 4.9 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All

Start the engine and allow it to idle.
Measure the voltage of the IAT Sensor Signal circuit.
Yes
Repair the IAT Sensor Signal circuit for a short to voltage.

No
Test Complete.
77
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

All
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
78
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0117-ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW

When Monitored:
Set Condition: The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor circuit voltage at the PCM
goes below 0.8 volt for more than 3 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECT SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
ECT SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO GROUND
ECT SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All

Disconnect the ECT harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read ECT voltage.
Yes
Replace the ECT Sensor.

No
Go To

Disconnect the ECT Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the ECT Sensor Signal circuit in the ECT Sensor harness
Yes
Repair the ECT Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
79
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between the ECT Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor
ground circuit in the ECT Sensor harness connector.
All
Yes
Repair the ECT Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the Sensor
ground circuit.
No
Go To
All
Repair
6

Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
80
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0118-ECT SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH

When Monitored:
Set Condition: The Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor circuit voltage at the PCM
goes above 4.98 volts for more than 3 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
ECT SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
ECT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Measure the voltage of the ECT Sensor Signal circuit in the ECT Sensor harness
connector.
Yes
Repair the ECT Sensor Signal circuit for a short to battery

voltage.
No
Go To
81
APPLICABILITY
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the ECT harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the ECT Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor ground
circuit in the ECT harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read the ECT voltage.
All
Yes
Replace the ECT Sensor.

No
Go To

Measure the resistance of the ECT Sensor Signal circuit between the ECT Sensor
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the ECT Sensor Signal circuit for an open.

All

Measure the resistance of the Sensor ground circuit from the ECT Sensor harness
connector to the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All

Repair
82
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

All
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
83
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0121-TPS VOLTAGE DOES NOT AGREE WITH MAP

When Monitored: With the engine running and no MAP sensor or TPS DTCs set. Engine
speed must be greater than 1600 RPM.
Set Condition: The PCM performs two separate tests. When the manifold vacuum is low,
the TPS signal should be high. If the proper TPS voltage is not detected when the two
conditions are met, a DTC will be set after 4 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
HIGH RESISTANCE IN 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
HIGH RESISTANCE TO GROUND IN 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
MAP SENSOR
HIGH RESISTANCE IN MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
HIGH RESISTANCE TO GROUND IN MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
HIGH RESISTANCE IN SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM
HIGH RESISTANCE IN 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
HIGH RESISTANCE TO GROUND IN 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
HIGH RESISTANCE IN THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
HIGH RESISTANCE TO GROUND IN THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
HIGH RESISTANCE IN SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM - TPS
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Diagnose any TPS or MAP Sensor component DTC first before
continuing.
NOTE: If the P0500 - No Vehicle Speed Signal is set long with this DTC, refer
to the P0500 diagnostics before continuing.
NOTE: The throttle plate and linkage should be free from binding and
carbon build up.
NOTE: Ensure the throttle plate is at the idle position.
Is the Good Trip counter for this DTC displayed and equal to zero?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
20
84
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Start the engine.

Snap the throttle.
Does the MAP Sensor voltage start below 2.0 volts at idle and go above 3.5 volts at
wide open thrott
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
11

With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Throttle Position Sensor voltage while slowly
depressing the throttle pedal from the idle position to the wide open throttle position.
Does voltage start approximately .08 volts and go above 3.5 volts with a smooth
voltage change?
Yes
Go To
20
No
Go To

Disconnect the Throttle Position Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit from the Throttle Position Sensor
harness connector to the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for high resistance.

All
All

harness connector to ground.
Is the resistance above 100k ohms?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for high resistance to ground.

All

With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Throttle Position Sensor voltage.
Connect a jumper wire between the Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit and the
Sensor ground circuit .
Does the DRBIIIt display Throttle Position voltage from approximately 4.9 volts to
below 0.5 volt?
Yes
Replace the Throttle Position Sensor.

No
Go To
85
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit from the
Throttle Position Sensor harness connector to the PCM harness connector.
All
10
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit for high resistance.

Measure the resistance of the Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit from the
Throttle Position Sensor harness connector to ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit for high resistance to ground.
All

Measure the resistance of the Sensor ground circuit from the Throttle Position
Sensor harness connector to the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Sensor Ground circuit for high resistance.

All
10
All
Repair
11

Yes
Go To
No

12
86
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
12

All
13
14
15
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for high resistance to ground.

13

Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit from the MAP Sensor harness
Yes
Go To
No

All
14

Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit from the MAP Sensor harness
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for short to ground.

All
15

Connect a jumper wire between the MAP Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor
ground circuit .
Cycle the ignition switch from off to on.
Does the DRBIIIt display MAP voltage from approximately 4.9 volts to below 0.5
volt?
Yes

No
Go To
16
87
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
16

Measure the resistance of the MAP Sensor Signal circuit from the MAP Sensor
All
17
18
19
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the MAP Sensor Signal circuit for high resistance.

17

Measure the resistance of the MAP Sensor Signal circuit from the MAP Sensor
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the MAP Sensor Signal circuit for high resistance to

ground.
All
18

Measure the resistance of the Sensor ground circuit from the MAP Sensor harness
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Sensor Ground circuit for high resistance.

All
19

Repair
88
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
20

All
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
89
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0122-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE LOW

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
With the ignition on and battery voltage above 10.4 volts.
Throttle Position Sensor voltage at the PCM is 0.1 volt for 1.3 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SWEEP
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
TCM INTERNALLY SHORTED THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
PCM THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the Throttle Position Sensor voltage.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
11

Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the TPS harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
90
APPLICABILITY
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
3
Continued
ACTION
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the resistance of the Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit in the Throttle
Position Sensor harness connector to ground.
Yes
Repair the Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between the Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit and the
Sensor ground circuit in the Throttle Position Sensor harness connector.
Yes

the Sensor ground circuit.
No
Go To
All

Disconnect the TCM harness connector.
Yes
Replace the Transmission Control Module.

No
Go To
All

Repair
91
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the Throttle Position Sensor
All
10
Yes

No
Go To

Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit between the Throttle Position
Sensor harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All
10
All
Repair
11
12

Slowly open the throttle from the idle position to the wide open throttle position.
Does voltage start at approximately 0.8 volts and go above 3.5 volts with a smooth
voltage change?
Yes
Go To
No

All
12

Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
92
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0123-THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE HIGH

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
seconds.
Throttle Position Sensor voltage at the PCM goes above 4.5 volts for 3.2
POSSIBLE CAUSES
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Ensure the throttle is fully closed and free from binding or carbon
build up.
Start the engine.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Measure the resistance between the Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit and the
5 Volt Supply circuit in the Throttle Position Sensor harness connector.
Yes

the 5 Volt Supply circuit.
No
Go To
93
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the voltage of the Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit in the Throttle
Position Sensor harness connector.
All
Yes

battery voltage.
No
Go To

Connect a jumper wire between the Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit and the
Sensor ground circuit.
Yes

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the Sensor ground circuit in the Throttle Position Sensor
Yes
Go To
No

All

Measure the resistance of the Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit between the
Throttle Position Sensor harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Throttle Position Sensor Signal circuit for an open.

All

Repair
94
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

voltage change?
All
Yes
Go To
No


Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
95
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0125-CLOSED LOOP TEMP NOT REACHED

When Monitored:
ten minutes.
With battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts, after engine is started, for
Set Condition: The engine temperature does not go above 18 deg. F by 10 minutes after
the engine is started. Two trips are required to set this DTC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECT SENSOR (OUT OF CALIBRATION)
LOW COOLANT LEVEL
THERMOSTAT OPERATION
ECT WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
NOTE: If a ECT DTC set along with this code, diagnose the ECT DTC first.
NOTE: Inspect the ECT terminals and related PCM terminals. Ensure the
terminals are free from corrosion and damage.
NOTE: The best way to diagnose this DTC is to allow the vehicle to sit
overnight outside in order to have a totally cold soaked engine.
Note: Extremely cold outside ambient temperatures may have caused this
DTC to set.
WARNING: Never open the cooling system when the engine is hot. The
system is under pressure. Extreme burns or scalding may result. Allow the
engine to cool before opening the cooling system.
Check the coolant system to make sure that the coolant is in good condition and at
the proper level.
Is the coolant level and condition OK?
Yes
Go To
No
Inspect the vehicle for a coolant leak and add the necessary
amount of coolant.
96
APPLICABILITY
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: For this test to be valid, the thermostat must be operating correctly.
Note: This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soak)
With the DRBIIIt in sensors, read the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value. If the engine was
allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value
that is somewhere close to the surrounding temperature (ambient temperature).
Note: If engine coolant temperature is above 82C (180F), allow the engine
to cool until 65C (150F) is reached.
Start the engine.
During engine warm-up, monitor the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value. The temp deg
value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal operating temp
82C (180F). The value should reach at least 82C (180F).
Was the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value increase a smooth transition and did it reach at
least 180?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.

With the DRBIIIt, read the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value. If the engine was allowed
to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible value that is
somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
Start the Engine.
During engine warm-up monitor the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg value. The temp deg
82C (180F) . Also monitor the actual coolant temperature with a thermometer.
NOTE: As the engine warms up to operating temperature, the actual coolant
temperature (thermometer reading) and the Eng Coolant Tmp Deg in the
DRBIIIt values should stay relatively close to each other.
Using the appropriate service information, determine the proper opening temperature of the thermostat.
Did the thermostat open at the proper temperature?
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Replace the thermostat.


Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Watch for the Good Trip Counter to change to 0.
Yes

No
Test Complete.
97
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom List:
P0131-1/1
P0137-1/2
P0151-2/1
P0157-2/2
Test Note:
O2
O2
O2
O2
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SHORTED
SHORTED
SHORTED
SHORTED
TO
TO
TO
TO
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
The title for the tests will be P0131-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED
TO GROUND.

P0131-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED TO GROUND
When Monitored: At a cold start, engine coolant below 98F, ambient/battery sensor
reading within 27F, and engine coolant temperature above 170F on the previous key off.
Set Condition: The oxygen sensor signal voltage is below 0.156 volts for 28 seconds after
starting engine.
starting engine.
starting engine.
starting engine.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 SENSOR OPERATION
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
98
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Start the engine.

With the DRBIIIt, read the O2 Sensor voltage.
Is the voltage below 0.16?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Start the engine.
Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the O2 Sensor voltage.
Is the O2 Sensor voltage above 0.16?
Yes
Replace the O2 Sensor

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All
All

Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness
Yes
Repair the O2 Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between the O2 Sensor Signal circuit and the Sensor ground
circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Repair the O2 Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the Sensor

ground circuit.
No
Go To
99
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between the O2 Sensor Signal circuit and the Heater ground
circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
All
Yes
Repair the O2 Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the Heater

ground circuit.
No
Go To
All
Repair
8

Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
100
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom List:
P0132-1/1
P0138-1/2
P0152-2/1
P0158-2/2
Test Note:
O2
O2
O2
O2
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SHORTED
SHORTED
SHORTED
SHORTED
TO
TO
TO
TO
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
The title for the tests will be P0132-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED
TO VOLTAGE.

P0132-1/1 O2 SENSOR SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts, engine running for more
than 4 minutes and coolant temperature above 180F.
Set Condition:
The oxygen sensor voltage is above 1.5 volts.

Set Condition:

Set Condition:

Set Condition:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 SENSOR OPERATION
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO O2 HEATER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL OPEN
O2 SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM
101
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
1
Continued
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Start the engine.

Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Start the engine.
Is the O2 Sensor voltage below 1.2 volts?
Yes
Replace the O2 Sensor.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All
All

Disconnect the O2 Sensor harness connector
Measure the voltage of the O2 Sensor Signal circuit in the O2 Sensor harness
connector.
Yes
Repair the O2 Sensor Signal for a shorted to voltage.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between the O2 Sensor Signal circuit and the O2 Heater
Relay Output circuit in the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Repair the O2 Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the O2 Heater

Relay Output circuit.
No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor Signal circuit from the O2 Sensor harness
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the O2 Sensor Signal for an open.

102
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor ground circuit from the O2 Sensor harness
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the O2 Sensor ground circuit for an open.

All
Repair
9

Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
103
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom List:
P0133-1/1
P0139-1/2
P0153-2/1
P0159-2/2
Test Note:
O2
O2
O2
O2
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SLOW
SLOW
SLOW
SLOW
RESPONSE
RESPONSE
RESPONSE
RESPONSE
The title for the tests will be P0133-1/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW
RESPONSE.

P0133-1/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW RESPONSE
When Monitored: With ECT greater than 147F, after reaching a vehicle speed of 10 mph,
and the throttle remaining open (off idle) for 2 minutes, bring the vehicle to a stop and
allow the engine to idle with the transmission in DRIVE.
Set Condition: The oxygen sensor signal voltage is switching from below 0.27 volts to
above 0.62 volts and back fewer times than required.
When Monitored: Start engine. Allow engine to idle. For 1st part of test, if limits are
exceeded, test passes. If not, 2nd part of test runs. amb/batt temp >44F, Baro >22.139
H2O, battery >10.5 volts, MAP >11.79 & <18.159 H2O, RPM >1350 & <2200 and vss >50
and <65.
When Monitored: With ECT greater than 147F, after reaching a vehicle speed of 10 mph,
and the throttle remaining open (off idle) for 2 minutes, bring the vehicle to a stop and
allow the engine to idle with the transmission in DRIVE.
When Monitored: Start engine. Allow engine to idle. For 1st part of test, if limits are
exceeded, test passes. If not, 2nd part of test runs. amb/batt temp >44F, Baro >22.139
H2O, battery >10.5 volts, MAP >11.79 & <18.159 H2O, RPM >1350 & <2200 and vss >50
and <65.
104
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EXHAUST LEAK
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE DROP
O2 SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT VOLTAGE DROP
O2 SENSOR
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Start the engine.

Inspect the exhaust for leak between the engine and the O2 sensor.
Inspect the exhaust for leaks between the engine and the appropriate rear O2 Sensor.
Are there any exhaust leaks?
Yes
Repair or replace the leaking exhaust parts as necessary.

No
Go To
All
Backprobe between the O2 Sensor Signal circuit at the O2 Sensor harness connector
and PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the high resistance on the O2 Sensor Signal circuit.

All
Backprobe between the O2 Sensor ground circuit at the O2 Sensor harness connector
and PCM harness connector.
Start the engine.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the high resistance on the O2 Sensor ground circuit.

105
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
5
Continued
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
6
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
106
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom List:
P0135-1/1
P0141-1/2
P0155-2/1
P0161-2/2
Test Note:
O2
O2
O2
O2
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
SENSOR
HEATER
HEATER
HEATER
HEATER
FAILURE
FAILURE
FAILURE
FAILURE
The title for the tests will be P0135-1/1 O2 SENSOR HEATER
FAILURE.

P0135-1/1 O2 SENSOR HEATER FAILURE
When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 9 volts, at a cold start, ECT less than
147F, battery temperature sensor equal to or less than 27F, and engine at idle for at least
12 seconds.
Set Condition:
O2 sensor voltage greater than 3 volts for 30 to 90 seconds.

12 seconds.
Set Condition:

12 seconds.
Set Condition:

12 seconds.
Set Condition:
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2 HEATER ELEMENT
O2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
O2 HEATER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
107
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
No
Go To
Yes
Go To

NOTE: Wait a minimum of 8 minutes to allow the O2 Sensor to cool down
before continuing the test. Allow the O2 Sensor voltage to stabilize between
0.4 to 0.6 volts.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the O2 Heater Test.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor O2 Sensor voltage for at least 2 minutes.
Does the voltage stay between 0.4 and 0.6 volt.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
NOTE: Allow the O2 sensor to cool down to room temperature.

Measure the resistance across the O2 Sensor Heater element component side.
Is the resistance between 4.0 and 7.0 ohms?
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
All
All
All

Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor Heater ground circuit in the O2 Sensor
harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the O2 Sensor Heater ground circuit for an open.

All

Measure the voltage of the O2 Heater Relay Output circuit in the O2 Sensor harness
connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the O2 Heater Relay Output circuit for an open.

108
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
6
Continued
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
7

Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
109
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0136-1/2 O2 SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT MALFUNCTION

When Monitored:
Ignition ON, with battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: The state of the PCM relay control circuit, between the PCM and relay
coil, does not match the desired state.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN RELAY AND FUSE
OPEN CIRCUIT BETWEEN RELAY AND PCM
OPEN COIL AT THE O2S HEATER RELAY
OPEN FUSE
PCM
SHORT TO GROUND BETWEEN RELAY AND FUSE
SHORT TO GROUND BETWEEN RELAY AND PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the DTC Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
10
Determine if the O2S Heater Relay Fuse is OPEN.

Is the O2S Heater Relay Fuse OPEN.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Relay and Fuse from the PDC.
Measure the resistance of the O2S Heater Relay Fused B+ circuit between the O2S
Heater Relay connector and Engine Ground.
Yes
Repair the Short to Ground, then replace the O2S Heater Relay
Fuse.
No
Go To
110
APPLICABILITY
All
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
4
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the FUSE.
5
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Heater Relay from the PDC.
Measurement is taken at the Heater Relay component.
Measure the resistance of the O2S Heater Relay Coil.
Is the resistance above 100 ohms?
Yes
Replace the O2S Heater Relay.

No
Go To
All
Turn ignition off. Remove the Relay. Remove the Fuse.

Measure the resistance of the O2S Heater Relay Fused B+ circuit between the O2S
Heater Relay connector and the PDC connector.
No
Repair the OPEN circuit.

Yes
Go To
All
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the PCM harness
connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the O2S Heater Relay Signal circuit between the O2S
Heater Relay (Heater Relay Signal) connector and the PCM (Heater Relay Signal)
harness connector.
No

Yes
Go To
All
Turn the ignition off. Remove the Relay from the PDC. Disconnect the PCM harness
connector(s).
Measure the resistance of the O2S Heater Relay Signal circuit between the O2S
Heater Relay connector and Engine Ground.
Yes
Repair the Short to Ground.

No
Go To
All
If there are no possible causes remaining, replace the PCM.

Repair
111
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
10
Turn ignition off.

All
Yes

No
Test Complete.
112
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom List:
P0171-1/1 FUEL SYSTEM LEAN
Test Note:
The title for the tests will be P0171-1/1 FUEL SYSTEM LEAN.

When Monitored: With the engine running in closed loop mode, the ambient/battery
temperature above 20 deg. F and altitude below 8000 ft.
Set Condition: If the PCM multiplies short term compensation by long term adaptive and
a certain percentage is exceeded for two trips, a freeze frame is stored, the MIL illuminates
and a trouble code is stored.
a certain percentage is exceeded for two trips, a freeze frame is stored, the MIL illuminates
and a trouble code is stored.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
FUEL PUMP INLET STRAINER PLUGGED
FUEL PUMP MODULE
O2 SENSOR
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
TPS VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 0.92 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE CLOSED
MAP SENSOR OPERATION
ECT SENSOR OPERATION
ENGINE MECHANICAL PROBLEM
FUEL FILTER/PRESSURE REGULATOR (HIGH)
PCM
113
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Is the Good Trip counter displayed and equal to zero?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
16
Warning: The fuel system is under a constant pressure (even with the engine
off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line, the fuel
system pressure must be released.
Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail. (2.7L use the fuel adapter #6539 or
#6631 Miller Tool)
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and observe the fuel pressure
gauge.
NOTE: Fuel pressure specification is 339 KPa +/- 34 KPa (49.2 psi +/- 5 psi).
Choose a conclusion that best matches your fuel pressure reading.
All
Below Specification
Go To 3
Within Specification
Go To 6
Above Specification
Test Complete.
CAUTION: Stop All Actuations.
3

Raise vehicle on hoist, and disconnect the fuel pressure line at the fuel pump module.
Install special 5/16 fuel line adapter tool #6539 or #6631 between disconnected fuel
line and the fuel pump module.
Attach a fuel pressure test gauge to the T fitting on tool #6539 or #6631.
gauge.
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes
Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary.

No
Go To
Caution: Stop All Actuations.
114
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

off). Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose,fitting or line, the fuel
Remove the Fuel Pump Module and inspect the Fuel Inlet Strainer.
Is the Fuel Inlet Strainer plugged?
All
Yes
Replace the Fuel Pump Inlet Strainer.

No
Go To
All
Repair
Replace the Fuel Pump Module.
6
Turn the ignition on

Is the voltage between 0.4 to 0.6 volt?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
13

0.4 to 0.6 volts.
Does the voltage stay between 0.4 and 0.6 volt?
Yes

No
Go To
All
All

With the DRBIIIt, read TP Sensor voltage.
NOTE: The throttle must be against the stop.
Is the voltage 0.92 or less with the Throttle closed?
Yes
Go To
No
Check for a binding throttle condition. If OK, replace the Throttle

Position Sensor.
All

With the DRBIIIt, read the TP Sensor voltage.
While monitoring the DRBIIIt, slowly open and close the throttle.
Does the voltage increase and decease smoothly?
Yes
Go To
No

10
115
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
10
11
12
13
Continued
ACTION
Connect a Vacuum Gauge to a Manifold Vacuum source.
Start the engine.
Note: If engine will not idle, maintain a constant RPM above idle.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the MAP Sensor vacuum value.
Is the DRBIIIt reading within 19 of the Vacuum Gauge reading?
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
All
11
With the DRBIIIt, read the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor value. If the engine
was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible
value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
Start the Engine.
During engine warm-up, monitor the Engine Coolant Temperature value. The temp
Did the Engine Coolant Temperature increase smoothly and did it reach at least 82C
(180F)?
Yes
Go To
No

All
12
Check for any of the following conditions/mechanical problems.

AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from leaks.
ENGINE VACUUM - must be at least 13 inches in neutral
ENGINE VALVE TIMING - must be within specifications
ENGINE COMPRESSION - must be within specifications
ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM - must be free of any restrictions or leaks.
ENGINE PCV SYSTEM - must flow freely
TORQUE CONVERTER STALL SPEED - must be within specifications
POWER BRAKE BOOSTER - no internal vacuum leaks
FUEL - must be free of contamination
FUEL INJECTOR - plugged or restricted injector; control wire not connected to
correct injector
Are there any engine mechanical problems?
Yes
No
Test Complete.

Is the O2 Sensor voltage between 0.40 to 0.60 volts?
Yes

No
Go To
14
116
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
14

Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector
to ground.
Is the voltage above 5.0 ohms?
All
15
Yes
Repair the O2 Sensor Signal for a short to ground.

No
Go To
15
All
Repair
16
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
117
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom List:
P0172-1/1 FUEL SYSTEM RICH
Test Note:
The title for the tests will be P0172-1/1 FUEL SYSTEM RICH.

the result is below a certain value for two trips, a freeze frame is stored, the MIL
illuminates and a trouble code is stored.
the result is below a certain value for two trips, a freeze frame is stored, the MIL
illuminates and a trouble code is stored.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL PUMP MODULE
O2 SENSOR HEATER OPERATION
O2 SENSOR
EVAP SYSTEM OPERATION
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
O2 SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
TPS VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 0.92 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE CLOSED
PCM
118
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
18
Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail.
gauge.
All
Below Specification
Go To 3
Go To 6
Above Specification
Test Complete.
3

Install special 5/16 fuel line adapter tool #6539 or #6631 between disconnected fuel
line and the fuel pump module.
Attach a fuel pressure test gauge to the T fitting on tool #6539 or #6631.
gauge.
Is the fuel pressure within specification?
Yes
Repair or replace fuel supply line as necessary.

No
Go To
119
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

All
Yes

No
Go To
All
Repair
6
Turn the ignition on

Is the voltage between 0.4 to 0.6 volt?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
14

0.4 to 0.6 volts.
Does the voltage stay between 0.4 and 0.6 volt?
Yes

No
Go To
All
All
NOTE: The engine must be at operating temperature and in closed loop to

perform this test.
Start the engine.
Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
With the DRBIIIt select System Tests, perform the Purge Vapors Test.
Observe the Short Term Adaptive value and press 3 to flow.
NOTE: Short Term Adaptive value change.
Did the Short Term Adaptive value change?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to the Driveability category and perform the appropriate

symptomm.
120
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
9
10
11
12
Continued
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read TPS voltage.
NOTE: The throttle must be against the stop.
Yes
Go To
No

Position Sensor.
APPLICABILITY
All
10

With the DRBIIIt, read the TPS voltage.
While monitoring the DRBIIIt, slowly open and close the throttle.
Does the voltage increase and decrease smoothly?
Yes
Go To
No

All
11

Connect a Vacuum Gauge to a Manifold Vacuum source.
Start the engine.
Note: If engine will not idle, maintain a constant RPM above idle.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the MAP Sensor vacuum value.
Is the DRB reading within 19 of the Vacuum Gauge reading?
Yes
Go To
No

All
12
With the DRBIIIt, read the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor value. If the engine
was allowed to sit overnight (cold soak), the temperature value should be a sensible
value that is somewhere close to the ambient temperature.
Start the Engine.
During engine warm-up, monitor the Engine Coolant Temperature value. The temp
Did the Engine Coolant Temperature value increase a smooth transition and did it
reach at least 82C
Yes
Go To
No

13
121
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
13

AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM - must be free from restrictions.
correct injector
All
14
15
16
17
Yes
No
Test Complete.

Is the O2 Sensor voltage between 0.4 to 0.6 volt?
Yes

No
Go To
All
15

Measure the resistance of the O2 Sensor Signal circuit between the PCM harness
connector and the O2 Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Check for O2 Sensor Signal circuit for an open.

All
16

Start the engine.
Measure the voltage of the O2 Sensor Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Repair the O2 Sensor Signal for a short to voltage.

No
Go To
All
17

Repair
122
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
18
All
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
123
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom List:
P0201-INJECTOR
P0202-INJECTOR
P0203-INJECTOR
P0204-INJECTOR
P0205-INJECTOR
P0206-INJECTOR
P0207-INJECTOR
P0208-INJECTOR
Test Note:
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
#8
CONTROL
CONTROL
CONTROL
CONTROL
CONTROL
CONTROL
CONTROL
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
CIRCUIT
The title for the tests will be P0201-INJECTOR #1 CONTROL
CIRCUIT.

P0201-INJECTOR #1 CONTROL CIRCUIT
When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts, the auto shutdown relay
energized, injector pulse width less than 10ms, and engine speed less than 3000 rpm.
Set Condition: This trouble code takes .64 to 10.0 seconds to set when no inductive kick
is sensed .18ms after injector turn off, and with no other injectors on.
124
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued

POSSIBLE CAUSES
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
FUEL INJECTOR DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to 0 for the DTC?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
125
APPLICABILITY
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Fuel Injector harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the ASD Relay.
Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground, probe the ASD Relay output circuit in
the Fuel Injector harness connector.
Does the test light illuminate brightly?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the ASD Relay output circuit for an open.


Using a 12 volt test light connected to battery voltage, probe the Fuel Injector driver
circuit.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Fuel Injector.
Does the test light blink/flicker?
Yes
Replace the Fuel Injector.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the Fuel Injector driver circuit between the Fuel Injector
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fuel Injector driver circuit for an open.

All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Fuel Injector driver circuit in the
Fuel Injector harness connector.
Is the resistance below 100k ohms?
Yes
Repair the Fuel Injector driver circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Repair
126
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
At this time, the conditions required to set the DTC are not present.
NOTE: Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions that set
the DTC. Pay particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as: VSS,
MAP, ECT and Load.
Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness, look for any chafed,
Note: Refer to any technical service bulletins that may apply.
Perform a wiggle test of the wiring harness and connectors while the engine is
running. Listen for the engine to miss or stall. Also, watch for the Good Trip Counter
to change to zero.
All
Yes
Repair the wiring harness/connector as necessary.

No
Test Complete.
127
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom List:
P0300-MULTIPLE
P0301-CYLINDER
P0302-CYLINDER
P0303-CYLINDER
P0304-CYLINDER
P0305-CYLINDER
P0306-CYLINDER
P0307-CYLINDER
P0308-CYLINDER
Test Note:
CYLINDER MIS-FIRE
#1 MISFIRE
#2 MISFIRE
#3 MISFIRE
#4 MISFIRE
#5 MISFIRE
#6 MISFIRE
#7 MISFIRE
#8 MISFIRE
The title for the tests will be P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER
MIS-FIRE.

P0300-MULTIPLE CYLINDER MIS-FIRE
When Monitored: Any time the engine is running, and the adaptive numerator has been
successfully updated.
Set Condition: When more than a 2% (1.5% LEV) misfire rate is measured during two
trips (one trip California), or with a 10% to 30% misfire rate during one trip.
P0301-CYLINDER #1 MISFIRE
trips (one trip California), or with a 10% to 30% misfire rate during one trip..
128
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
trips (one trip California), or with a 10% to 30% misfire rate during one trip..
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ERRATIC CAM/CRANK SENSOR SIGNALS
FUEL SYSTEM PROBLEM
MIS-FIRE CONDITIONS NO LONGER EXIST
OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES FOR MIS-FIRE
SECONDARY IGNITION OR MECHANICAL PROBLEM
129
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
1
Continued
ACTION
Note: Repair all other PCM DTCs before continuing with this test.
Is the MIS-FIRE GOOD TRIP counter displayed and equal to zero?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
At this time the conditions that set the Misfire DTC are present.
With the DRBIIIt, select DTCs and RELATED FUNCTIONS. Read and record the
FREEZE FRAME DATA. Select OBD II MONITORS. Read and record the MIS-FIRE
SIMILAR CONDITIONS WINDOW DATA.
With these screens, attempt to duplicate the condition(s) that has set this DTC.
When the vehicle is operating in the SIMILAR CONDITIONS WINDOW, refer to the
WHICH CYLINDER IS MISFIRING screen.
Observe the WHICH CYLINDER IS MISFIRING screen for at least one minute.
Is the DRBIIIt counting mis-fires at this time?
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete.
APPLICABILITY
All
All
With the DRBIIIt, read the FREEZE FRAME DATA.

Use the FREEZE FRAME DATA and attempt to determine the cause of the Misfire
DTC.
In the FREEZE FRAME, are the adaptive fuel percentages greater than +/- 15%?
Yes
Refer to the Driveablitiy Category and perform the Checking Fuel

Delivery symptom.
Perform FUEL SYSTEM/MISFIRE MONITOR VERIFICATION
TEST.
No
Go To
All
At this time the mis-fire does not exist or is an intermittent problem.

Note: An intermittent problem may have been caused by moisture in the
secondary ignition.
With the DRBIIIt, select DTCs AND RELATED FUNCTIONS. Read and record the
FREEZE FRAME DATA. Select OBD II MONITORS. Read and record MIS-FIRE
SIMILAR CONDITIONS WINDOW DATA.
With these screens, attempt to duplicate the condition that has set the Misfire DTC.
While using FREEZE FRAME DATA, pay particular attention to the DTC setting
conditions, such as speed, temp, load, and map vacuum.
Does the misfire recur?
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete.
All

DTC.
In the FREEZE FRAME, are the adaptive fuel percentages greater than +/- 15%?
Yes
Refer to the Driveablitiy Category and perform the Checking Fuel

Delivery symptom.
TEST.
No
Go To
130
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

DTC.
In the FREEZE FRAME DATA, is the engine RPM over 3000 and the operating temp
normal?
All
Yes
Test CMP and CKP signals with Lab Scope, check valve timing,
and perform running vacuum test.
TEST.
No
Go To

correct injector
Yes
TEST.
No
Go To
All

DTC.
In the FREEZE FRAME DATA, is the LOAD VALUE over 50% and the operating
temp normal?
Yes
Check secondary ignition, compression, and cylinder leakage.

TEST.
No
Go To
All
Note: Anything that affects the speed of the crankshaft can cause a misfire
DTC.
The following are other possible causes for mis-fire:
Injector harness connectors, secondary ignition problem, mechanical engine problem,
PCM power grounds, irregular cam and crank signal, plugged injectors, restricted
exhaust, intake restriction, damaged trigger wheel, contaminated fuel, or vacuum
leak.
Weak valve springs, carbon deposits on valves, or accessory drive belt (serpentine
belt).
Check for any TSBs that may relate to a Misfire DTC.
Do any of the above causes exist?
Yes
TEST.
No
Test Complete.
131
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0320-NO CRANK REFERENCE SIGNAL AT PCM

When Monitored:
Set Condition: No signal from the crankshaft position sensor is present during engine
cranking, and at least 3 camshaft position sensor signals have occurred.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECKING INTERMITTENT CKP SIGNAL WITH LAB
CHECKING INTERMITTENT CMP SIGNAL WITH LAB
CHECKING INTERMITTENT WIRING WITH LAB SCOPE
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
CKP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED GROUND
CKP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
CKP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
CKP SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
PCM - 5 VOLT SUPPLY
PCM - CKP SENSOR SIGNAL
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRBIIIt, read the Current CKP State while cranking the engine.
Does the DRBIIIt display Current CKP State Present while cranking the engine?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
132
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRBIIIt lab scope probe and the Miller special tool #6801, backprobe the
CKP Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Turn the ignition on. (do not start the engine)
Observe the lab scope screen.
Look for any pulses generated by the CKP Sensor.
Did the CKP Sensor generate any pulses?
All
Yes
Replace the Crankshaft Position Sensor.

No
Go To

CMP Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Look for any pulses generated by the CMP Sensor.
Did the CMP Sensor generate any pulses?
Yes
Replace the Camshaft Position Sensor.

No
Go To
All

Start the engine.
Observe the lab scope screen while wiggling the wiring harness and connectors.
Were there any irregularities in the lab scope pattern?
Yes
Check the harness connectors carefully. If OK, replace the Crankshaft Position Sensor.
No
Go To
All

Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
133
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the CKP Sensor harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector.
Is the voltage between 4.5 and 5.5 volts?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
15

Measure the voltage of the CKP Sensor Signal circuit in the CKP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
10

Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit in the CKP Sensor harness
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Sensor Ground circuit for an open.

All
All
NOTE: Inspect the slots on the flywheel for damage. If a problem is found
repair as necessary.
All
Repair
10
11

Measure the resistance of the CKP Sensor Signal circuit in the CKP Sensor harness
Yes
Repair the CKP Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All
11

Measure the resistance of the CKP Sensor Signal circuit between the CKP Sensor
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the CKP Sensor Signal circuit for an open.

12
134
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
12

Measure the voltage of the CKP Sensor Signal circuit in the CKP Sensor harness
connector.
All
13
14
Yes
Repair the CKP Sensor Signal circuit for a short to battery

voltage.
No
Go To
13

Measure the resistance between the CKP Sensor Signal circuit and the 5 Volt Supply
circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Repair the CKP Sensor Signal circuit shorted to the 5 Volt Supply
circuit.
No
Go To
All
14
All
Repair
15
16

Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness
Yes

No
Go To
All
16

Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit between the CKP Sensor harness
Yes
Go To
No

17
135
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
17

Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CKP Sensor harness connector.
All
18
Yes
Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to battery voltage.

No
Go To
18

Repair
136
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0340-NO CAM SIGNAL AT PCM

When Monitored:
Engine cranking/running.
Set Condition: At least 5 seconds have elapsed with crankshaft position sensor signals
present but no camshaft position sensor signal.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECKING INTERMITTENT CKP SIGNAL WITH LAB
CHECKING INTERMITTENT CMP SIGNAL WITH LAB
CHECKING INTERMITTENT WIRING WITH LAB SCOPE
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
CMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED GROUND
CMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
CMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
CMP SENSOR SIGNAL SHORTED TO 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
PCM - 5 VOLT SUPPLY
PCM - CMP SENSOR SIGNAL
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRBIIIt, read the Current CMP State while cranking the engine.
Does the DRBIIIt display Current CMP State Present while cranking the engine?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
137
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Look for any pulses generated by the CKP Sensor.
Did the CKP Sensor generate any pulses?
All
Yes

No
Go To

Look for any pulses generated by the CMP Sensor.
Did the CMP Sensor generate any pulses?
Yes

No
Go To
All

Start the engine.
Yes
Check the harness connectors carefully. If OK, replace the Camshaft Position Sensor.
No
Go To
All

Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
138
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the CMP Sensor harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness
connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
15

Measure the voltage of the CMP Sensor Signal circuit in the CMP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
10

Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit in the CMP Sensor harness
Yes
Go To
No

All
All
NOTE: Inspect the Camshaft sprocket for damage per the Service Information. If a problem is found repair as necessary.
All
Repair
10
11

Measure the resistance of the CMP Sensor Signal circuit in the CMP Sensor harness
Yes
Repair the CMP Sensor Signal circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All
11

Measure the resistance of the CMP Sensor Signal circuit between the CMP Sensor
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the CMP Sensor Signal circuit for an open.

12
139
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
12

Measure the voltage of the CMP Sensor Signal circuit in the CMP Sensor harness
connector.
All
13
14
Yes
Repair the CMP Sensor Signal circuit for a short to battery

voltage.
No
Go To
13

Measure the resistance between the CMP Sensor Signal circuit and the 5 Volt Supply
circuit in the CMP Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Repair the CMP Sensor Signal circuit shorted to the 5 Volt Supply
circuit.
No
Go To
All
14
All
Repair
15
16

Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness
Yes

No
Go To
All
16

Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit between the CMP Sensor harness
Yes
Go To
No

17
140
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
17

Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the CMP Sensor harness
connector.
All
18
Yes
Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit for a short to battery voltage.

No
Go To
18

Repair
141
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0351-IGNITION COIL #1 PRIMARY CIRCUIT

When Monitored: With battery voltage greater than 8 volts during engine cranking or
greater than 12 volts with engine running, engine rpm less than 2016, and none of the coils
in dwell when checked.
Set Condition: Peak current is not achieved with battery based dwell plus 1.5 msec of
diagnostic offset. It takes less than 3 seconds during cranking or up to 6 seconds while
running to set.
APPLICABILITY
START AT
TEST
4.7L V8
4.0L MPI I-6
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OPEN/HIGH RESISTANCE IN THE ASD RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT
COIL DRIVER NO. 1 CIRCUIT OPEN
IGNITION COIL NO. 1 DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
COIL DRIVER NO. 1 CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
COIL ON PLUG NO. 1
COIL RAIL
IGNITION COIL NO. 1 DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (COIL DRIVER NO. 1)
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (IGNITION COIL NO. 1 DRIVER)
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition on.
Is the Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero for P-0351?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
142
APPLICABILITY
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the coil on plug no. 1 harness connector.
Disconnect the Powertrain Control Module connectors.
Measure the resistance of the coil driver no. 1 circuit from the coil on plug no. 1
connector to the PCM connector.
4.7L V8
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open coil driver no. 1 circuit.


Note: The following resistance measurement should be taken at 70-80
degrees F.
Measure the primary resistance of the coil on plug.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the coil on plug no. 1.

4.7L V8

NOTE: The following test is done at the coil on plug no. 1 harness connector
with the coil on plug harness connected.
Back probe the coil driver no. 1 circuit with Miller tool #6801 and a test light
connected to B+.
Start the engine and observe the test light.
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
4.7L V8
Caution: Turn the Engine Off.

5

Measure the resistance between the coil driver no. 1 circuit and ground (B-).
Yes
Repair the coil driver no. 1 circuit shorted to ground.

No
Go To
4.7L V8
If there are no possible causes remaining, replace the Powertrain Control Module.
Repair
143
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: The conditions required to set the DTC are not present.
Note: Use the Freeze Frame Data to help you duplicate the conditions that
set the DTC. Pay particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as,
VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load.
Perform a wiggle test of the coil on plug wiring while the engine is running. Listen
for the engine to miss or stall. Also watch for the Good Trip Counter to change to 0.
4.7L V8
Yes

No
Test Complete.
144
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
8
10
Continued
ACTION
Is the Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero for P0351?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
15

Disconnect the coil rail harness connector.
degrees F.
Measure the primary resistance of the coil rail.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the coil rail.

APPLICABILITY
4.0L MPI I-6
4.0L MPI I-6
10

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the generator field.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the ASD relay output circuit at
the coil rail harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open/high resistance in the ASD relay output circuit.

4.0L MPI I-6
11
Stop All Actuations

11
12

Connect one end of a 12 volt test light to a good 12 volt source (B+).
Warning: Keep clear of the engines moving/rotating parts.
Check the ignition coil no. 1 driver circuit, with the other end of the test light, while
cranking the engine.
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
4.0L MPI I-6
12

Measure the resistance of the ignition coil no. 1 driver circuit from the ignition coil
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open ignition coil no. 1 driver circuit.

13
145
4.0L MPI I-6
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
13

Measure the resistance between the ignition coil no. 1 driver circuit and ground (B-).
4.0L MPI I-6
14
Yes
Repair the ignition coil no. 1 driver circuit shorted to ground.

No
Go To
14
4.0L MPI I-6
Repair
15
Perform a wiggle test of the coil wiring while the engine is running. Listen for the
engine to miss or stall. Also watch for the Good Trip Counter to change to 0.
Yes

No
Test Complete.
146
4.0L MPI I-6
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:

running to set.
APPLICABILITY
START AT
TEST
4.7L V8
4.0L MPI I-6
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COIL ON PLUG NO. 2
COIL RAIL
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
147
APPLICABILITY
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

4.7L V8
Yes
Go To
No


degrees F.
Yes
Go To
No

4.7L V8

connected to B+.
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
4.7L V8

5

Yes

No
Go To
4.7L V8
Repair
148
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
4.7L V8
Yes

No
Test Complete.
149
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
8
10
Continued
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
15

degrees F.
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
4.0L MPI I-6
4.0L MPI I-6
10

Yes
Go To
No

4.0L MPI I-6
11
Stop All Actuations

11
12

Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
4.0L MPI I-6
12

Yes
Go To
No

13
150
4.0L MPI I-6
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
13

4.0L MPI I-6
14
Yes

No
Go To
14
4.0L MPI I-6
Repair
15
Yes

No
Test Complete.
151
4.0L MPI I-6
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:

running to set.
APPLICABILITY
START AT
TEST
4.0L MPI I-6
4.7L V8
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COIL ON PLUG NO. 3
COIL RAIL
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
152
APPLICABILITY
4.0L MPI I-6
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

degrees F.
4.0L MPI I-6
Yes
Go To
No


Yes
Go To
No

4.0L MPI I-6
Stop All Actuations

4

Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
4.0L MPI I-6

Yes
Go To
No

4.0L MPI I-6

Yes

No
Go To
153
4.0L MPI I-6
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
7
Continued
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
4.0L MPI I-6
Repair
8
Yes

No
Test Complete.
154
4.0L MPI I-6
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
9
10
11
12
Continued
ACTION
Yes
Go To
10
No
Go To
15

Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
4.7L V8
4.7L V8
11

degrees F.
Yes
Go To
No

4.7L V8
12

connected to B+.
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
4.7L V8
13

13

Yes

No
Go To
14
155
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
14
4.7L V8
Repair
15
Yes

No
Test Complete.
156
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:

running to set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COIL ON PLUG NO. 4
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
4.7L V8
4.7L V8

degrees F.
Yes
Go To
No

157
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

connected to B+.
4.7L V8
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To

5

Yes

No
Go To
4.7L V8
4.7L V8
Repair
7
Yes

No
Test Complete.
158
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:

running to set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COIL ON PLUG NO. 5
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
4.7L V8
4.7L V8

degrees F.
Yes
Go To
No

159
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

connected to B+.
4.7L V8
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To

5

Yes

No
Go To
4.7L V8
4.7L V8
Repair
7
Yes

No
Test Complete.
160
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:

running to set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COIL ON PLUG NO. 6
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (COIL DRIVER NO. 6
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
4.7L V8
4.7L V8

degrees F.
Yes
Go To
No

161
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

connected to B+.
4.7L V8
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To

5

Yes

No
Go To
4.7L V8
4.7L V8
Repair
7
Yes

No
Test Complete.
162
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:

running to set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COIL ON PLUG NO. 7
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
4.7L V8
4.7L V8

degrees F.
Yes
Go To
No

163
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

connected to B+.
4.7L V8
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To

5

Yes

No
Go To
4.7L V8
4.7L V8
Repair
7
Yes

No
Test Complete.
164
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:

running to set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
COIL ON PLUG NO. 8
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
4.7L V8
4.7L V8

degrees F.
Yes
Go To
No

165
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

connected to B+.
4.7L V8
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To

5

Yes
Go To
No

4.7L V8
4.7L V8
Repair
7
Yes

No
Test Complete.
166
4.7L V8
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0420-1/1 CATALYTIC CONVERTER EFFICIENCY

When Monitored: After engine warm up to 147 deg. F, 180 seconds of open throttle
operation, at a speed greater than 20 mph, with the engine at 1200-1700 rpm and MAP
vacuum between 15.0 and 21.0 inches of mercury (Hg).
Set Condition: As catalyst efficiency deteriorates, the switch rate of the downstream O2
sensor approaches that of the upstream O2 sensor. If at any point during the test the
switch ratio reaches a predetermined value a counter is incremented by one.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EXHAUST LEAK
CATALYST EFFICIENCY DTC DOES NOT RECUR
CATALYTIC CONVERTER 1/1
UPSTREAM O2 SENSOR OLDER THAN DOWNSTREAM O2 SENSOR
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Good Trip counter displayed and equal to zero?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
At this time the Catalyst Efficiency Failure does not exist or is an intermittent
problem.
With the DRBIIIt, read the FREEZE FRAME data.
With this screen, attempt to duplicate the condition that has set this fault.
While using FREEZE FRAME pay particular attention to the fault setting conditions, such as speed, temp, load, and map vacuum.
Does the Catalyst Efficiency Failure Recur?
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete.
APPLICABILITY
All
All
Start Engine and let idle.

Check for exhaust leaks between the engine and the appropriate downstream O2
Sensor.
Is there any exhaust leaks?
Yes
Repair or replace leaking exhaust parts as necessary.

No
Go To
167
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Check the exhaust for excessive smoke from internal oil or coolant leaks.
Is there an oil or coolant consumption condition present?
All
Yes
Repair engine mechanical condition as necessary and replace

Catalytic Converter.
No
Go To
NOTE: A new Downstream O2 Sensor along with an aging Upstream O2

Sensor may cause this trouble code to set.
Review vehicle repair history.
Has the Downstream O2 Sensor been replaced without replacing the Upstream O2
Sensor?
Yes
Replace the appropriate Upstream Oxygen Sensor.

No
Go To
All

Repair
Replace the Catalytic Converter.
168
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:

When Monitored: After engine warm up to 147 deg. F, 180 seconds of open throttle
operation, at a speed greater than 20 mph, with the engine at 1200-1700 rpm and MAP
vacuum between 15.0 and 21.0 inches of mercury (Hg).
Set Condition: As catalyst efficiency deteriorates, the switch rate of the downstream O2
sensor approaches that of the upstream O2 sensor. If at any point during the test the
switch ratio reaches a predetermined value a counter is incremented by one.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EXHAUST LEAK
CATALYST EFFICIENCY DTC DOES NOT REOCCUR
CATALYTIC CONVERTER 2/1
UPSTREAM O2 SENSOR OLDER THAN DOWNSTREAM O2 SENSOR
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the GOOD TRIP COUNTER displayed and equal to zero?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
At this time the Catalyst Efficiency Failure does not exist or is an intermittent
problem.
With the DRBIIIt, read the FREEZE FRAME data.
With this screen, attempt to duplicate the condition that has set this fault.
While using FREEZE FRAME pay particular attention to the fault setting conditions, such as speed, temp, load, and map vacuum.
Does the Catalyst Efficiency Failure Reoccur?
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete.
APPLICABILITY
All
All
Start the engine, Allow the engine to idle.

Sensor.
Is there any exhaust leaks?
Yes

No
Go To
169
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
NOTE: Check the exhaust for excessive smoke from internal oil or coolant leaks.
Yes
Repair engine mechanical condition as necessary and replace

Catalytic Converter.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
NOTE: A new Downstream O2 Sensor along with an aging Upstream O2

Sensor may cause this trouble code to set.
Review vehicle repair history.
Has the Downstream O2 Sensor been replaced without replacing the Upstream O2
Sensor?
Yes
Replace the appropriate Upstream Oxygen Sensor.

No
Go To
All
If there are no possible causes remaining, replace the Catalytic Converter.

Repair
Replace the Catalytic Converter.
170
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0441-EVAP PURGE FLOW MONITOR

When Monitored: With engine temperature greater than 170 deg. F, fuel control in closed
loop, engine idling for 2 minutes, no low fuel, MAP less than 15.7 inches mercury and
barometric altitude less than 8,000 feet.
Set Condition: After having passed the Leak Detection Pump (LDP) test, no air flow
through the evaporative system is detected by the evap monitor.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAP CANISTER
EVAP PURGE HOSE (CANISTER TO FUEL TANK)
EVAP PURGE HOSE (SOLENOID TO CANISTER)
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID VACUUM SUPPLY
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID (LEAKY/STUCK OPEN)
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID (STUCK CLOSED)
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Visually inspect the Evap canister. Look for any physical damage or any signs of fuel
that has entered the canister. Any signs of fuel may indicate a bad rollover valve.
Yes
Repair or Replace as necessary.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All
Visually inspect the Evap purge hose that goes between the Evap canister and the
fuel tank. Look for any physical damage such as a pinched, plugged, ripped or dry
rotted hose.
Yes
Repair or replace hose as necessary.

No
Go To
171
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Visually inspect the Evap purge hose that goes from the Purge Solenoid to the Evap
Canister. Look for any physical damage such as a pinched, plugged, ripped or dry
rotted hose.
All
Yes
Repair or replace hose as necessary.

No
Go To

Carefully inspect the Evap Purge Solenoid vacuum supply hose for proper routing.
Also check for a pinched or plugged hose from the throttle body to the Purge Solenoid.
Inspect the vacuum nipple at the throttle body for any damage or plugging.
Is the vacuum supply hose and throttle body vacuum nipple free from defects?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the vacuum supply hose/tube as necessary.

All
Note: After disconnecting the Evap Purge Solenoid vacuum connections,

inspect the lines and solenoid for any signs of contamination from the EVAP
Canister. This may indicate a faulty rollover valve. Replace purge solenoid
if contamination is found
Disconnect the vacuum hoses at the EVAP Purge Solenoid.
Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 inches of vacuum to the Evap Purge Solenoid
vacuum source port. (component side)
Does the Evap Purge Solenoid hold vacuum?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Evap Purge Solenoid.

All
Using a hand vacuum pump, apply 10 inches of vacuum to the Evap Purge Solenoid
vacuum source port. (component side)
With theDRBIIIt, actuate the 9EVAP Purge Solenoid9 and observe the vacuum gauge.
Does the vacuum drop when the solenoid is actuated?
Yes
Test Complete.
No

172
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Perform a wiggle test of the Evap Purge Solenoid wiring while the circuit is actuated
with the DRBIIIt. Listen for the solenoid to quit actuating. Also watch for the Good
Trip Counter to change to 0.
All
Yes

No
Test Complete.
173
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom List:
P0442-EVAP LEAK MONITOR MEDIUM (0.040) LEAK DETECTED
P0455-EVAP LEAK MONITOR LARGE LEAK DETECTED
P0456-EVAP LEAK MONITOR SMALL LEAK DETECTED (.020)
Test Note:
The title for the tests will be P0442-EVAP LEAK MONITOR
MEDIUM (0.040) LEAK DETECTED.

When Monitored: Immediately after a cold start, with battery/ambient temperature
between 40 deg. F and 90 deg. F and coolant temperature within 10 deg. F of battery/
ambient.
Set Condition: If there is a leak larger than 0.0409 and smaller than 0.0809 in the
evaporative system.
P0455-EVAP LEAK MONITOR LARGE LEAK DETECTED
ambient.
Set Condition:
There is a leak larger than 0.0809 in the evaporative system.
P0456-EVAP LEAK MONITOR SMALL LEAK DETECTED (.020)

ambient.
Set Condition:
There is a leak larger than 0.0809 in the evaporative system.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CONFIRMED LEAK IN THE EVAP SYSTEM
INTERMITTENT LDP MONITOR FAILURE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: A loose gas cap could have caused this DTC to set. Make sure gas cap
is tight and in good condition. Ensure the gas cap meets OEM specifications.
Is the DTC Specific Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
174
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
To continue testing you will need Miller Tools #6872A (Evap System Pressure Pump)
and #8382 (Gas Cap Tester/Adapter).
Warning: The test equipment is designed to be used to pressurize the
vehicles Evaporative System only. Using the equipment in a manner for
which it was not designed could be harmful.
Warning: Keep lighted cigarettes, sparks, flames, and other ignition sources
away from the test area to prevent the ignition of explosive gases. Keep the
test area well ventilated.
Note: The fuel tank should have between 20% and 80% of fuel tank capacity
to properly test the Evap system.
Attach the power source clip (red) of Miller Tool #6872A to Battery (+) and the ground
clip (black) to Battery (-).
Perform the Evaporative System Pressure Pump self test that is specified on the
tester cover.
Remove gas cap and install Miller Tool #8382 on vehicle. Install gas cap to Miller Tool
#8382. Attach the pressure supply hose from Miller Tool #6872A to the fitting on
#8382.
Disconnect the vacuum supply hose at the Leak Detection Pump. Connect and apply
a continuous vacuum supply (i.e. 209Hg) to the Leak Detection Pump. A vacuum
pump such as an A/C recovery unit works well.
With the DRBIIIt in System Tests, select 9Leak Detect Pump Test.9 Read instructions
and then press Enter. Select: #3 - HOLD PSI.
On Miller Tool #6872A, set the Pressure/Hold switch to Open and set the Vent switch
to Closed. Turn the pump timer On and watch the gauge.
Note: If the pressure does not build up, there is obviously a large leak in the
system and the presence of strong fuel odor may be present. A visual
inspection should find a leak of substantial size.
When the gauge pressure reaches 149H2O, turn the Pressure/Hold Valve to Closed.
Turn the pump timer off. Note the time and pressure. After 10 sec of stabilization
time.
Did the pressure drop more than 69H2O in 2 minutes?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Note: A thorough visual inspection of the Evap system hoses, tubes, and
connections may save time in your diagnosis. Look for any physical damage
or signs of wetness at connections. The strong smell of fuel vapors may aid
diagnosis also.
To continue testing, you will need Miller Tool #6904A (Ultrasonic Leak Detector.)
NOTE: The LDP System Test should still be running. If the DRBIIIt read has
timed out, restart the System Test.
Using Miller Tool #6872A, set the Pressure/Hold Switch to Open, and the Vent Switch
to Closed. Turn the pump timer on to pressurize/re-pressurize the Evap System.
Using the Ultrasonic Leak Detector, start listening for leaks in the Evap System.
Carefully leak test all hoses, tubes, and connections.
Were any leaks heard with the Ultrasonic Leak Detector?
Yes
Repair or replace the leaking component as necessary.

175
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
diagnosis also.
Note: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply.
With the DRBIIIt in System Tests, perform the LDP Monitor Test. This will force the
PCM to run the LDP Monitor. If the monitor fails, further diagnosis is required to
find faulty component. If the monitor passes, the condition is not present at this time.
All
Yes
No
Test Complete.
176
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0443-EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored: At ignition key on and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts, during
initialization or power-up.
Set Condition: Not powering down, not in limp-in and time since last solenoid activation
is greater than 72 micro seconds. The PCM will set a trouble code if the actual state of the
solenoid does not match the intended state on two consecutive key cycles.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
EVAP PURGE SOLENOID
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the DTC Specific Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero for P0443?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the Evap Purge Solenoid connector.
Measure the resistance between the terminals of the Evap Purge Solenoid.
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
All
All

Disconnect the Evap Purge Solenoid harness connector.
Measure the Fused Ignition Switch Output Circuit at the Evap Purge Solenoid
harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Fused Ignition Switch Output Circuit.

177
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the Evap Purge Solenoid Control Circuit from the
Powertrain Control Module connector to the Evap Purge Solenoid connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Evap Purge Solenoid Control Circuit.


Measure the resistance between the Evap Purge Solenoid Control Circuit and ground
(B-).
Yes
Repair the short to ground in the Evap Purge Solenoid Control

Circuit.
No
Go To
All
All
Repair
7
Yes

No
Test Complete.
178
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom List:
P0460-FUEL LEVEL UNIT NO CHANGE OVER MILES
P0461-FUEL LEVEL UNIT NO CHANGE OVER TIME
Test Note:
The title for the tests will be P0460-FUEL LEVEL UNIT NO
CHANGE OVER MILES.

P0460-FUEL LEVEL UNIT NO CHANGE OVER MILES
When Monitored:
capacity.
Engine running and fuel level either below 15% or above 85% of
Set Condition: The PCM sees low fuel, less than 15%, for more than 120 miles or fuel level
does not change by at least 4% for more than 250 miles.
P0461-FUEL LEVEL UNIT NO CHANGE OVER TIME
When Monitored:
capacity.
Engine running and fuel level either below 15% or above 85% of
Set Condition: The PCM sees low fuel, less than 15%, for more than 120 miles or fuel level
does not change by at least 4% for more than 250 miles.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PHYSICALLY DAMAGED/DEFORMED/OBSTRUCTED FUEL TANK
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Remove the fuel tank.
Remove the fuel pump module from the fuel tank.
Inspect the inside of the fuel tank for any obstructions or deformities.
Is the fuel tank free from defects?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair or replace the fuel tank as necessary.


Repair
Replace the fuel level sensor.
179
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0462-FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT VOLTS TOO LOW

When Monitored:
Ignition on and battery voltage above 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: The fuel level sensor signal voltage goes below 0.2 volts at the PCM for
more than 5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL PUMP MODULE WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the fuel level sensor voltage.
Is the fuel level sensor voltage below 0.4 volts?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module electrical connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Fuel Level Sensor voltage.
Did the Fuel Level Sensor voltage change from below 0.4 volts to above 9.0 volts?
Yes

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All

Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module electrical connector.
Did the Fuel Level Sensor voltage change from below 0.4 volts to above 9.0 volts?
Yes

No
Go To
180
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Visually inspect the wiring harness leading to the fuel pump module.
Look for any parts of the wiring harness that may be pinched or rubbed
through.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the fuel level sensor voltage.
Using the schematic, wiggle the Fuel Pump Module Connector & Harness.
Was there any fuel level sensor voltage change, during the wiggle test?
All
Yes
Repair the wiring harness as necessary.

No
Go To

Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the Fuel Level Sensor Signal Circuit and ground
(B-).
Yes
Repair the fuel level sensor signal circuit for a short to ground.
No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between the Fuel Level Sensor Signal Circuit and the Sensor
Ground Circuit.
Yes
Repair the fuel level sensor signal circuit shorted to the sensor
ground circuit.
No
Go To
All

Repair
181
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0463-FUEL LEVEL SENDING UNIT VOLTS TOO HIGH

When Monitored:
Ignition on and battery voltage above 10.4 volts.
Set Condition: The fuel level sensor signal voltage at the PCM goes above 9.9 volts for
more than 90 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
FUEL PUMP MODULE WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the fuel level sensor voltage.
Is the fuel level sensor voltage above 9.9 volts?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module electrical harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fuel Level Sensor signal circuit and the Sensor
Ground circuit at the Fuel Pump Module harness connector.
Did the Fuel Level Sensor voltage change from above 9.0 volts to below 0.4 volts?
Yes

No
Go To
182
APPLICABILITY
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Fuel Pump Module electrical harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire between the Fuel Level Sensor signal circuit and the Sensor
Ground circuit at the Fuel Pump Module harness connector.
Did the Fuel Level Sensor voltage change from above 9.0 volts to below 0.4 volts?
All
Yes

No
Go To
Note: Visually inspect the wiring harness leading to the fuel pump module.
Look for any parts of the wiring harness that may be pinched or rubbed
through.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the fuel level sensor voltage.
Using the schematic, wiggle the Fuel Pump Module Connector & Harness.
Was there any fuel level sensor voltage change, during the wiggle test?
Yes
Repair the wiring harness as necessary.

No
Go To
All

Measure the sensor ground circuit from the PCM connector to the Fuel Pump Module
connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open sensor ground circuit.

All

Measure the resistance between the Fuel Level Sensor Signal Circuit and the Sensor
Ground Circuit.
Yes
Repair the fuel level sensor signal circuit shorted to the sensor
ground circuit.
No
Go To
183
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the fuel pump module harness connector.
Note: Check connectors - It is critical that the connector is free from any
signs of corrosion or deformities - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the fuel level sensor signal circuit from the PCM harness connector to the
Fuel Pump Module harness connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open fuel level sensor signal circuit.


Repair
184
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0500-NO VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL

When Monitored: Engine Temperature greater than 104 deg F. , MAP vacuum approximately 159 to 169 inches of mercury and Engine RPM between 1400 and 3000 rpm.
Set Condition:
trips.
No Vehicle Speed Signal for more than 15 seconds on two consecutive
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR)
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt , read PCM DTCs.
Is the Good Trip Counter for P-0500 displayed and equal to 0?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the Vehicle Speed Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit.
Is the resistance above 5.0 ohms?
Yes

No
Go To
185
APPLICABILITY
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
3
Continued
ACTION
Measure the resistance of the Vehicle Speed Sensor Ground circuit.
Yes
Repair the Vehicle Speed Sensor Ground circuit for an open.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the resistance of the Vehicle Speed Signal circuit between the PCM
connector and the VSS connector.
Yes
Repair the Vehicle Speed Signal circuit for an open.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between ground and the Vehicle Speed Signal circuit.
Yes
Repair the Vehicle Speed Signal circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the voltage of the Vehicle Speed Signal circuit in the Vehicle Speed Sensor
harness connector.
Yes
Repair the Vehicle Speed Signal circuit for a short to voltage.

No
Test Complete.
186
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Use the Freeze Frame Data to help duplicate the conditions that set
the DTC. Pay particular attention to the DTC set conditions, such as, VSS,
MAP, ECT, and Load.
Perform a wiggle test of the wiring harnesses and connectors while the engine is
running with the vehicle in gear on a hoist. Watch for the Good Trip Counter to
change to zero.
All
Yes
No
Test Complete.
187
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0505-IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR CIRCUITS

When Monitored:
At power-up and battery voltage greater than 11.5 volts.
Set Condition: The PCM senses a short to ground or battery voltage on any of the four
Idle Air Control (IAC) driver circuits for 100 msec while the IAC motor is active.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAC MOTOR WIRING HARNESS OBSERVABLE
IAC MOTOR WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT
IAC #1 DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO #2, #3, OR #4
IAC #2 DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO #3 OR #4
IAC #3 DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO #4
IAC MOTOR
IAC #1 DRIVER CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
IAC #1 DRIVER CIRCUIT OPEN
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (IAC #1 DRIVER)
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the DTCs.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
22
188
APPLICABILITY
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
2
Continued
ACTION
Start the engine and let idle.
Disconnect the IAC Motor harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the IAC #1 Driver Circuit.
Was the voltage over 5.0 volts at any time?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
19
Start the engine. Allow the engine to idle.

Yes
Go To
No
Go To
16

Yes
Go To
No
Go To
13

Yes
Go To
No
Go To
10

Note: The following steps are checking for a short between the IAC Driver
Circuits.
Measure the resistance between the IAC #1 Driver circuit and #2, #3, #4 Driver
circuits.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms on any of the Drivers?
Yes
Repair the IAC Driver Circuits shorted together.

No
Go To
189
APPLICABILITY
All
All
All
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Note: The following steps are checking for a short between the IAC Driver
Circuits.
Measure the resistance between the IAC #2 Driver circuit and #3, #4 Driver circuits.
Is the resistance below 5.0 ohms on any of the Drivers?
All
Yes

No
Go To

Note: The following steps are checking for a short between the Driver
Circuits.
Measure the resistance between the IAC #3 Driver circuit and #4 Driver circuit.
Yes

No
Go To
All
All
Repair
Replace the Idle Air Control Motor.
10
11

Measure the resistance of the IAC #4 Driver Circuit from the IAC Motor harness
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open IAC Driver Circuit.

All
11

Measure the resistance between IAC Driver #3 and ground (B-).
Yes
Repair the IAC #4 Driver Circuit shorted to ground.

No
Go To
12
190
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
12
Continued
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
13
14
15

Measure the resistance between IAC Driver #3 and ground (B-).
Yes

No
Go To
All
14

Yes
Go To
No

All
15
All
Repair
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service Information..
16

Measure the resistance between IAC #2 Driver circuit and ground (B-).
Yes

No
Go To
17
191
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
17

All
18
Yes
Go To
No

18
All
Repair
19
20
21

Measure the resistance between IAC #1 Driver circuit and ground (B-).
Yes

No
Go To
All
20

Measure the resistance of the IAC #1 Driver Circuit from the IAC Motor Connector
to the PCM Connector.
Yes
Go To
No

All
21

Repair
192
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
22
23
Continued
ACTION
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt in Systems Test, perform the IAC Wiggle Test.
Note: The idle speed should raise and lower with the display.
Wiggle the Wiring Harness from the IAC Motor to the PCM.
Observe for the IAC Motor to stop operating.
Did the IAC Motor stop operating at any time?
Yes
Repair the Harness or Connectors as necessary.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
23

Inspect the IAC Wiring and Connectors from the IAC motor to the PCM.
Yes
No
Test Complete.
193
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0522-OIL PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS LOW

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
With the ignition key on and battery voltage above 10.4 volts.
The oil pressure sensor voltage at PCM goes below 0.1 volt for 0.5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
OIL PRESSURE 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR (SHORTED)
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRUCIT
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the Oil Pressure Sensor voltage.
Is the Oil Pressure Sensor voltage above 0.1 volt?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the Oil Pressure Sensor voltage.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors from the Oil Pressure Sensor to the PCM
harness connectors.
Did the voltage change?
Yes
Repair wiring harness/connectors where the voltage changed

during the test.
No
Test Complete.
194
APPLICABILITY
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
3
Continued
ACTION
Disconnect the Oil Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Measure the Oil Pressure Sensor 5-volt Supply Circuit at the harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Oil Pressure Sensor 5-Volt Supply Circuit.

All

Measure the resistance between the Oil Pressure Sensor Signal Circuit and ground
(B-).
Yes
Repair the Oil Pressure Sensor Signal Circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between the Oil Pressure Sensor Signal Circuit and the
Sensor Ground Circuit at the oil pressure sensor harness connector.
Yes
Repair the Oil Pressure Sensor Signal Circuit shorted to the

Sensor Ground Circuit.
No
Go To
All

Is the Voltage above 4.5 Volts?
yes
Replace the Oil Pressure Sensor.
No
APPLICABILITY
195
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0523-OIL PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS HIGH

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The oil pressure sensor signal at PCM goes above 4.9 volts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR (OPEN)
OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Oil Pressure Sensor voltage above 4.8 volts?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground Circuit between the Oil Press Sensor
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Sensor Ground Circuit.

APPLICABILITY
All
All

Measure the resistance of the Oil Pressure Sensor Signal Circuit from the PCM
harness connector to the Oil Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Oil Pressure Sensor Signal Circuit.

196
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Using a 12 volt test lamp, test the sensor signal circuit for a short to power. Indicated
by a bright test lamp.
Is the test lamp illuminated and bright?
All
Yes
Repair the Oil Pressure Sensor Signal Circuit shorted to voltage.

No
Go To

Install a jumper wire between the Sensor Signal circuit, and Sensor Ground circuit,
at the Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Replace the Oil Pressure Sensor.

No
Test Complete.
Start the engine.
Wiggle the wiring harness and connectors from the Oil Pressure Sensor to the PCM
harness connectors.
Did the voltage change?
Yes
Repair wiring harness/connectors where the voltage changed

during the test.
No
Test Complete.
197
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P0700-TCM CONTROLLER DTC PRESENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TCM DTC PRESENT SET IN PCM
Repair Instructions:
TCM DTC PRESENT SET IN PCM
A DTC was registered in the Transmission Control Module. With the DRB, go to the TCM
and read codes. Refer to the appropriate symptom (DTC).
198
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom List:
P1195-1/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW DURING CATALYST MONITOR
Test Note:
The title for the tests will be P1195-1/1 O2 SENSOR SLOW
DURING CATALYST MONITOR.

When Monitored: With the engine running, coolant greater than 170F, open throttle,
steady to slightly increasing vehicle speed greater than 18 mph but less than 55 mph, with
a light load on the engine, for a period no less than 5 minutes.
Set Condition: The oxygen sensor signal voltage is switching from below 0.39 volt to
When Monitored: With the engine running, coolant greater than 170F, open throttle,
steady to slightly increasing vehicle speed greater than 18 mph but less than 55 mph, with
a light load on the engine, for a period no less than 5 minutes.
Set Condition: The oxygen sensor signal voltage is switching from below 0.39 volt to
POSSIBLE CAUSES
O2S SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT VOLTAGE DROP
O2S SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE DROP
EXHAUST LEAK
EXCESSIVE ENGINE BLOW BY
O2S HEATER FEED CIRCUIT OPEN
O2S HEATER GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
O2 SENSOR
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
14
199
APPLICABILITY
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the O2 HEATER TEST.
Monitor the O2 Sensor voltage on the DRBIIIt. (O2S voltage should drop below 1.5
volts within 2-3 minutes)
Does the DRBIIIt O2 Sensor voltage drop below 1.5 volts within 2-3 minutes during
the O2 HEATER TEST
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Start the engine and allow engine to idle.

Check for any exhaust leaks between the engine and the appropriate O2S.
Sensor.
Yes

No
Go To
All
Start engine. Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.

Yes
No
Go To
All

Using a Voltmeter, back probe the O2 Sensor Ground circuit between the O2 sensor
harness connector and the PCM harness connector. Connect Voltmeter for positive
polarity.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair high resistance on O2S Sensor Ground circuit.

All

Using a Voltmeter, back probe the O2 Sensor Signal circuit between the O2 Sensor
harness connector and PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair high resistance on O2S Signal circuit.

13
200
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRBIIIt actuate the O2 HEATER TEST. Measure the voltage at the O2
sensor harness connector Heater Feed circuit.
All
10
11
No

Yes
Go To

Measure the resistance between the O2S Heater ground circuit and Engine Ground.
No

Yes
Go To
All

Using a Voltmeter, back probe the O2 Sensor Signal circuit between the O2 Sensor
harness connector and PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair high resistance on O2S Signal circuit.

All
10

Using a Voltmeter, back probe the O2 Sensor Ground circuit between the O2 sensor
harness connector and the PCM harness connector. Connect Voltmeter for positive
polarity.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair high resistance on O2S Sensor Ground circuit.

All
11

Sensor.
Yes

No
Go To
12
201
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
12
13
ACTION
Yes
No
Go To
Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
13
All
Repair
Replace the O2S.
14
15
16

Sensor.
Yes

No
Go To
All
15

Yes
No
Go To
All
16

Yes

No
Test Complete.
202
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1281-ENGINE IS COLD TOO LONG

P1281-ENGINE IS COLD TOO LONG
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
start.
The ignition key on, engine running.
The engine does not warm to 176 deg. F while driving for 20 minutes after
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ENGINE COLD TOO LONG
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: The best way to diagnose this DTC is to allow the vehicle to remain
outside overnight in order to have a completely cold soaked engine.
Note: Extremely cold outside ambient temperatures may cause this DTC to
set.
Verify that the coolant level is not low and correct as necessary.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, set the engine RPM to 1500 and allow the engine to warm up for
10-15 minutes.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the ENG COOLANT TMP DEG value during the warm
up cycle. Make sure the transition of temperature change is smooth.
Did the engine temperature reach a minimum of 80 C (176 F)?
All
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Refer to the Service Information for cooling system performance

diagnosis. The most probable cause is a Thermostat problem.
Also, refer to any related TSBs.
203
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1282-FUEL PUMP/SYSTEM RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
circuit.
An open or shorted condition is detected in the fuel pump relay control
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL PUMP RELAY WIRING HARNESS OBSERVABLE
FUEL PUMP RELAY
FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
FUEL PUMP RELAY WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Fuel Pump Relay.
Is the Fuel Pump Relay clicking?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Using the wiring diagram as a guide, inspect the fuel pump relay wiring and
connectors.
Yes
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Fuel Pump Relay.
Wiggle the wiring harness from the Fuel Pump Relay to the PCM while the relay is
actuating.
Did the Relay clicking stop or become irregular when wiggling the wires?
Yes
Repair Circuit as necessary where wiggling caused clicking to

stop or become irregular.
No
Test Complete.
204
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Remove the fuel pump relay from the PDC.
Measure the voltage on the fused ignition switch output circuit in the fuel pump relay
connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open fused ignition switch output circuit. NOTE:

Check for a blown fuse.

Remove the fuel pump relay.
Measure the resistance between terminals 1 (85) and 2 (86) of the fuel pump relay.
Is the resistance between 50 and 90 ohms?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the fuel pump relay.

All

Measure the resistance of the fuel pump relay control circuit between the fuel pump
relay connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open fuel pump relay control circuit.

All

Measure the resistance between ground and the fuel pump relay control circuit.
Yes
Repair the fuel pump relay control circuit for a short to ground.
No
Go To
All

Repair
205
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1294-TARGET IDLE NOT REACHED

When Monitored: With the engine idling and in drive, if automatic. There must not be a
MAP sensor trouble code or a throttle position sensor trouble code.
Set Condition: Engine idle is not within 200 rpm above or 100 rpm below target idle for
14 seconds. Three separate failures are required to set a bad trip. Two bad trips are
required to set the code.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
THROTTLE PLATES/LINKAGE BINDING
VACUUM LEAK
THROTTLE BODY
THROTTLE BODY DIRTY
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete.
APPLICABILITY
All

Check the throttle plates and linkage for a binding condition.
The throttle linkages must be at idle position. Ensure the throttle plates are fully
closed and against its stops.
Is the throttle plate and linkage free from defects?
Yes
Go To
No
All
Inspect the Intake Manifold for vacuum leaks.

Inspect the Power Brake Booster for any vacuum leaks.
Inspect the PCV system for proper operation or any vacuum leaks.
Yes
Repair vacuum leak as necessary.

No
Go To
206
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the vacuum line at the PCV valve.
Install Miller Tool #6714 (0.1859 air metering orifice) into the disconnected vacuum
line in place of the PCV valve.
Disconnect the purge hose from the fitting on the throttle body. The purge hose is
located on the front of the throttle body next to the MAP sensor. Cap the fitting at the
throttle body after the purge hose has been disconnected.
Start the engine. Ensure that all accessories are off. Allow the engine to reach
operating temperature above 82C (180F).
With the DRBIIIt in System Tests, perform the 9Minimum Air Flow9 function.
Is the engine RPM between 500 and 900?
All
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To

Remove the Throttle Body.
Warning: Clean throttle body in a well ventilated area. Wear rubber or butyl
gloves. Do not let cleaner come in contact with eyes or skin. Avoid injesting
cleaner. Wash thoroughly after using cleaner.
While holding the throttle open, spray the entire throttle body bore and the manifold
side of the throttle plate with Mopar Throttle Body Cleaner. Clean the IAC motor
passage also. Use compressed air to dry the throttle body.
Re-install the throttle body.
Note: Miller Tool #6714 (0.185( air metering orifice) still attached to the PCV
vacuum line and the purge hose fitting on the throttle body capped.
With the DRBIIIt in System Tests, perform the 9Minimum Air Flow9 function.
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Repair complete.
Caution: Stop all actuations. Turn engine off.
207
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1296-NO 5 VOLTS TO MAP SENSOR

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
5 seconds.
During power-down and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
The MAP sensor signal voltage goes below 2.35 volts with the key off for
POSSIBLE CAUSES
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
MAP SENSOR
MAP SENSOR WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
MAP SENSOR 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM (5-VOLT SUPPLY)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: If the PO107 - MAP Sensor Voltage Too Low is also set, diagnose it first
before continuing with P1296 - No 5 Volts To MAP Sensor.
Turn the igntion on.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the MAP sensor voltage..
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit at the MAP Sensor harness
connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the 5 Volt Supply circuit.

All

With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the MAP Sensor voltage.
Is the voltage above 4.5?
Yes

No
Go To
208
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
Disconnect the MAP Sensor Electrical harness connector.
Measure the MAP Sensor 5-volt Supply Circuit for resistance to ground.
Yes
Repair the 5-volt Supply Circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All
Repair
6
Start the engine.

With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the MAP Sensor voltage.
Wiggle MAP Sensor harness connector & wiring harness.
Monitor the DRBIIIt display.
Was there any MAP Sensor voltage change?
Yes
Repair the Harness or Connector that caused the voltage change.

No
Test Complete.
209
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1297-NO CHANGE IN MAP FROM START TO RUN

When Monitored:
throttle.
With engine RPM +/- 64 of target idle and the throttle blade at closed
Set Condition: Too small of a difference is seen between barometric pressure with ignition
on (engine running) and manifold vacuum for 8.80 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP SENSOR TOO LOW CODE SET
MAP SENSOR WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
VACUUM PORTS RESTRICTED
MAP SENSOR 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
MAP SENSOR (NO PRESS CHANGE)
MAP SENSOR (PRESS CHANGE)
MAP SENSOR RESTRICTED
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the MAP Sensor Voltage Too Low code set?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Refer to symptom P0107 MAP SENSOR VOLTS TOO LOW in the

DRIVEABILITY category.
No
Go To

With the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs.
Start engine and allow engine to idle for 30 seconds.
Does the DRBIIIt display No Change In MAP From Start To Run?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
210
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the MAP Sensor 5-Volt Supply Circuit between the MAP
Sensor harness connector to the PCM harness connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the 5-volt supply circuit for an open.


Remove the MAP Sensor and inspect condition of vacuum port.
Inspect condition of Intake Manifold or Throttle Body vacuum port.
Was there a restriction?
Yes
Remove the restriction and reinstall the MAP Sensor.

No
Go To
All
All
Repair
6
Start the engine.

With the DRBIIIt, set the engine speed to 1500 RPM.
With the engine RPM at 1500, read MAP Sensor voltage.
While monitoring the voltage, wiggle the wiring from the MAP Sensor to PCM.
Did the engine stall or voltage become erratic?
Yes
Repair the Wiring or Connector defect between the MAP Sensor

and the PCM.
No
Go To
All
Start the engine.

While monitoring engine vacuum on the DRBIIIt display, quickly open and close
throttle several times.
Did the Vacuum drop below 1.09?
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
All

Remove the MAP Sensor and inspect condition of vacuum port.
Inspect condition of Intake Manifold or Throttle Body Vacuum Port.
Is there a restriction or defect in the vacuum ports?
Yes
Repair the restricted vacuum ports.

No
Go To
211
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
9
ACTION
If there are no potential causes remaining, view repair.
Repair
212
Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1299 - VACUUM LEAK FOUND (IAC FULLY SEATED)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VACUUM LEAK
VACUUM LEAK
Find and repair vacuum leak.
213
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1388-AUTO SHUTDOWN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
With ignition key on and battery voltage above 10.4 volts.
An open or shorted condition is detected in the ASD relay control circuit.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
ASD RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the DTC Specific Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Remove the ASD relay from the PDC.
Measure the resistance of the ASD relay control circuit from the ASD relay cavity in
PDC to the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open ASD relay control circuit.

APPLICABILITY
All
All

Measure the fused ignition switch output circuit at the ASD Relay connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Fused Ignition Output circuit.

214
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
Measure the ASD relay control circuit to ground.
Yes
Repair the ASD Relay control circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Measure the resistance between terminals 85 and 86 of the ASD relay.
Is the resistance between 50 and 80 ohms?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the ASD Relay.

All
All
Repair
7
Yes

No
Test Complete.
215
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1389-NO ASD RELAY OUTPUT VOLTAGE AT PCM

When Monitored: With ignition key on, battery voltage above 10.4 volts, and engine RPM
greater than 400.
Set Condition:
No voltage sensed at the PCM when the ASD relay is energized.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B+ CIRCUIT OPEN
ASD RELAY
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Attempt to start the engine.

Did the engine start?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All

Measure the resistance of the ASD relay output circuit from the ASD Relay cavity in
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open ASD Relay output circuit.

All

Repair
216
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the ASD relay output circuit from the ASD Relay cavity in
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open ASD Relay output circuit.


Measure the Fused B+ circuit at the ASD Relay connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open fused B+ circuit. Note: Check fuse in the PDC.
All
Install a substitute relay for the Auto Shutdown Relay.

Attempt to start the vehicle.
Did the engine start?
Yes
Replace the ASD Relay.

No
Test Complete.
Yes

No
Test Complete.
217
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1391-INTERMITTENT LOSS OF CMP OR CKP

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
Engine running or cranking.
When the failure counter reaches 20 for 2 consecutive trips.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CMP SENSOR OUT OF SYNC
DAMAGED TONE WHEEL/FLEX PLATE (CRANKSHAFT)
DAMAGED TONE WHEEL/PULSE RING (CAMSHAFT)
IRREGULAR LAB SCOPE PATTERN OF CMP SIGNAL
INTERMITTENT CKP SIGNAL LOSS WHEN WIRING IS WIGGLED
IRREGULAR LAB SCOPE PATTERN OF CKP SIGNAL
INTERMITTENT CMP SIGNAL LOSS WHEN WIRING IS WIGGLED
SENSOR CONNECTOR/WIRING
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
CKP SENSOR CONNECTOR/WIRING
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition on.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
14
Warning: When performing the following test, the engine will be running.
Be careful not to stand in line with the fan blades or fan belt. Do not wear
loose clothing.
Start the engine and run until operating temp is reached. (Closed Loop)
With the DRBIIIt under the Misc. menu, choose the 9Set Sync Signal9 function and
observe the 9Actual Sync Setting.9
Does the 9Actual Sync Setting9 read 9In Range9?
Yes
Go To
No
Loosen the CMP sensor base hold down bolt and turn the base
until the sync is 9IN RANGE9 on the DRBIIIt.
218
APPLICABILITY
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

With the DRBIIIt lab scope, back probe the CMP signal circuit at the CMP sensor
harness connector using Miller special tool #6801.
Warning: Keep clear of the engines moving parts.
Start the engine.
Observe the CMP sensor voltage pattern on the lab scope screen.
Are there any signals missing?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Visually inspect the related wire harness connectors. Look for broken, bent,
pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed, pierced,
pinched, or partially broken wires.
Note: Make sure the Camshaft Position Sensor and/or the Crankshaft
Position Sensor is tight.
Yes
No
Go To
All

Disconnect and remove the camshaft position sensor.
Inspect the tone wheel/pulse ring for looseness and/or physical damage.
Is the tone wheel/pulse ring free from defects?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair/replace tone wheel/pulse ring as necessary.

All
All
Repair
7

With the DRBIIIt lab scope, back probe the CKP signal circuit at the CKP sensor
harness connector using Miller special tool #6801.
Start the engine.
Observe the CKP sensor voltage pattern on the lab scope screen.
Are there any signals missing?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
11
219
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Note: Visually inspect the Crankshaft Position Sensor and related wire
harness connectors. Look for broken, bent, pushed out, or corroded terminals.
Note: Make sure the sensor mounting bolt(s) are tight.
All
10
Yes
No
Go To

Disconnect and remove the crankshaft position sensor.
Inspect the tone wheel/flexplate slots for damage, foreign material, or excessive
movement.
Is the tone wheel/flexplate free from defects?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair/replace tone wheel/flex plate as necessary.

All
10
All
Repair
11
12

Yes
No
Go To
All
12

With the DRBIIIt lab scope, back probe the CKP signal circuit at the PCM harness
connector using Miller special tool #6801.
Start the engine.
Observe the lab scope screen while wiggling the wiring harness and connectors
related to the CKP sensor.
Were there any irregularities in the lab scope pattern when the wiggle test was
conducted?
Yes
Note where wiggling caused a missing CKP sensor signal. Repair

CKP sensor wiring as necessary.
No
Go To
13
220
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
13

With the DRBIIIt lab scope, back probe the CMP signal circuit at the PCM harness
connector using Miller special tool #6801.
Start the engine.
Observe the lab scope screen while wiggling the wiring harness and connectors
related to the CMP sensor.
Were there any irregularities in the lab scope pattern when the wiggle test was
conducted?
All
14
15
16
Yes
Note where wiggling caused a missing CMP sensor signal. Repair

CMP sensor wiring as necessary.
No
Test Complete.

Connect the DRBIIIt lab scope to the CMP signal circuit. For best results, back probe
at the PCM harness connector using Miller special tool #6801.
WARNING: Keep clear of the engines moving parts.
Start the engine.
Yes
Check harness and connectors carefully. If OK, replace the

Camshaft Position Sensor.
No
Go To
All
15
Turn ignition off.

Yes

No
Go To
All
16

Connect the DRBIIIt lab scope to the CKP signal circuit. For best results, back probe
at the PCM harness connector using Miller special tool #6801.
Start the engine.
Yes
Check harness and connectors carefully. If OK, replace the

Crankshaft Position Sensor.
No
Test Complete.
221
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1398-MIS-FIRE ADAPTIVE NUMERATOR AT LIMIT

When Monitored: Under closed throttle decel with A/C off, ECT above 75, and more than
50 seconds after engine start.
Set Condition: One of the CKP sensor target windows has more than 2.86% variance from
the reference window.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DAMAGED TONE WHEEL/FLEX PLATE (CRANKSHAFT)
CKP SENSOR CONNECTOR/WIRING
IMPROPERLY INSTALLED/LOOSE CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the DTC Specific Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero for P-1398?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Yes
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All

Disconnect the Crankshaft Position Sensor harness connector.
Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness/connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals.
Inspect the Crankshaft Position Sensor for proper installation and tightness.
Is the Crankshaft Position Sensor properly installed and the mounting bolt(s) tight?
Yes
Go To
No
222
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: Check for any TSBs that may apply to this symptom.
Read and record the Freeze Frame Data. Use this information to help you duplicate
the conditions that set the DTC. Pay particular attention to the DTC set conditions,
such as, VSS, MAP, ECT, and Load.
With the DRBIIIt in the miscellaneous menu, choose 9Clear PCM (battery disconnect)9 to reset the PCM.
With the DRBIIIt, choose the 9Misfire Pretest screen.
Road test the vehicle and re-learn the adaptive numerator.
The adaptive numerator is learned when the 9Adaptive Numerator Done Learning9
line on the Mis-fire Pre-test screen changes to 9Yes9.
Did the adaptive numerator re-learn?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Yes
No
Test Complete.

Yes
No
Go To
All
All

Disconnect the Crankshaft Position Sensor harness connector.
Note: Visually inspect the related wiring harness/connectors. Look for
broken, bent, pushed out or corroded terminals.
Inspect the Crankshaft Position Sensor for proper installation and tightness.
Is the Crankshaft Position Sensor properly installed and the mounting bolt(s) tight?
Yes
Go To
No
223
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

All
10
Yes
No
Go To

Disconnect and remove the crankshaft position sensor.
Inspect the tone wheel/flexplate slots for damage, foreign material, or excessive
movement.
Is the tone wheel/flexplate free from defects?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair/replace tone wheel/flex plate as necessary.

All
10

Repair
224
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1486-EVAP LEAK MONITOR PINCHED HOSE FOUND

ambient.
Set Condition: LDP test must pass first. If the PCM suspects a pinched hose it will not set
a fault until it runs the evap purge flow monitor. If the purge monitor does not pass then
the pinched hose fault will be set.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
EVAP CANISTER OBSTRUCTED
LDP PRESSURE HOSE OBSTRUCTED
LEAK DETECTION PUMP
INTERMITTENT LDP MONITOR FAILURE
OBSTRUCTION IN EVAP SYSTEM BETWEEN EVAP CANISTER AND FUEL TANK
OBSTRUCTION IN HOSE/TUBE BETWEEN EVAP CANISTER AND PURGE SOLENOID
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
225
APPLICABILITY
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
To continue testing you will need Miller Tools #6872A (Evap System Pressure Pump)
and #8382 (Gas Cap Tester/Adapter).
Warning: The test equipment is designed to be used to pressurize the
vehicles Evaporative System only. Using the equipment in a manner for
which it was not designed could be harmful.
Warning: Keep lighted cigarettes, sparks, flames, and other ignition sources
away from the test area to prevent the ignition of explosive gases. Keep the
test area well ventilated.
Note: The fuel tank should have between 20% & 80% of full to properly test
the Evap system.
Attach the power source clip (red) of Miller Tool #6872A to Battery (+) and the ground
clip (black) to Battery (-).
Perform the Evaporative System Pressure Pump self test that is specified on the
tester cover.
Remove gas cap and install Miller Tool #8382 on vehicle. Install gas cap to Miller Tool
#8382. Attach the pressure supply hose from Miller Tool #6872A to the fitting on
#8382.
Disconnect the vacuum supply hose at the Leak Detection Pump. Connect and apply
a continuous vacuum supply (i.e. 209Hg) to the Leak Detection Pump. A vacuum
pump such as an A/C recovery unit works well.
With the DRBIIIt in System Tests, select 9Leak Detect Pump Test.9 Read instructions
and then press Enter. Select: #3 - HOLD PSI.
On Miller Tool #6872A, set the Pressure/Hold switch to Open and set the Vent switch
to Closed. Turn the pump timer On and watch the gauge.
Turn the pump timer off.
Disconnect the hose at the EVAP Canister that goes to the Fuel Tank.
Did the pressure drop when the hose was disconnected?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair obstruction in the EVAP system between the EVAP

Canister and the fuel tank.
Note: All previously disconnected hose(s) reconnected.

Re-pressurize the EVAP System. On Miller Tool #6872A, set the Pressure/Hold
switch to Open and set the Vent switch to Closed. Turn the pump timer On and watch
the gauge.
Disconnect the LDP Pressure hose at the EVAP Canister. The LDP Pressure hose is
the hose that connects the Evap Canister to the Leak Detection Pump.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the EVAP Canister.
226
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: All previously disconnected hose(s) reconnected.

Re-pressurize the EVAP System. On Miller Tool #6872A, set the Pressure/Hold
switch to Open and set the Vent switch to Closed. Turn the pump timer On and watch
the gauge.
Disconnect the EVAP hoses at the Purge Solenoid.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair or replace hose/tube as necessary.
Disconnect and remove the LDP pressure hose. The LDP pressure hose is the hose
that connects the EVAP Canister to the Leak Detection Pump.
Inspect the LDP pressure hose for any obstructions or physical damage.
Is the LDP pressure hose free from defects?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair/replace hose as necessary.
All
All
Repair
Replace the Leak Detection Pump.
7
diagnosis also.
With the DRBIIIt in System Tests, perform the LDP Monitor Test. This will force the
PCM to run the LDP Monitor. If the monitor fails, further diagnosis is required to
find faulty component. If the monitor passes, the condition is not present at this time.
Yes
No
Test Complete.
227
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1491-RAD FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT WIRE HARNESS INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT WIRE HARNESS OBSERVABLE PROBLEM
RADIATOR FAN RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RAD FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Radiator Fan Relay.
Does the Radiator Fan Motor Cycle on and off?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Wiggle the wiring harness from the Radiator Fan Relay connector to the PCM
harness connector.
Did the wiggling interrupt the Radiator Fan Motor cycling?
Yes
Repair as necessary where wiggling caused the cycling to be

interrupted.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All

Using the schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Yes
No
Test Complete.

Remove the Radiator Fan Relay form the PDC.
Measure the Radiator Fan Relay Ground Circuit to Ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Ground Circuit.

228
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
P1491-RAD FAN CONTROL RELAY CIRCUIT
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Remove the Radiator Fan Relay for the PDC.
Measure the resistance of the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit form PDC to PCM
harness connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Radiator Fan Relay Control Circuit.


Remove the Radiator Fan Relay from the PDC.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Radiator Fan Relay Control Circuit for a short to

ground.
All

Connect a jumper wire to the Radiator Fan Relay Control circuit in the PCM harness
connector.
Momentarily connect the other end of the jumper wire to ground.
Did the Radiator Fan actuate?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Radiator Fan Relay.

All

Repair
229
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1494-LEAK DETECTION PUMP SW OR MECHANICAL FAULT

ambient.
Set Condition:
The state of the switch does not change when the solenoid is energized.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LDP SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LDP VACUUM SUPPLY
LEAK DETECTION PUMP
LDP SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the DTC Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero for P-1494?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the vacuum supply hose at the Leak Detection Pump.
Connect a vacuum gauge to the disconnected vacuum supply hose at the Leak
Detection Pump.
Start the engine and read the vacuum gauge.
Does the vacuum gauge read at least 13 in/Hg?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair leak or obstruction in vacuum hose as necessary.

230
APPLICABILITY
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Leak Detection Pump harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the LDP Switch Sense Circuit from the PCM harness
connector to LDP harness connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Leak Detection Pump Switch Sense Circuit.


Disconnect the Leak Detection Pump electrical harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the 9Leak Detect Pump Sw9 state.
While observing the 9Leak Detect Pump Sw9 state, connect a jumper wire between a
good 12 volt source (B+) and the LDP Switch Sense circuit.
Did the 9Leak Detect Pump Sw9 state change when the jumper was connected?
Yes

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between the LDP Switch Sense circuit and ground.
Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?
Yes
Repair the LDP Switch Sense Circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All
All
Repair
7
Perform a wiggle test of the LDP wiring while the circuit is actuated with the
DRBIIIt. Listen for the LDP to quit actuating. Also watch for the Good Trip Counter
to change to 0.
Yes

No
Test Complete.
231
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1495-LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CIRCUIT

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
Ignition on and battery voltage greater than 10.4 volts.
The state of the solenoid circuit does not match the PCMs desired state.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
LDP SOLENOID CIRCUIT WIRING HARNESS OBSERVABLE
LDP SOLENOID CKT WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT
LDP SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
LEAK DETECTION PUMP
LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the DTC Good Trip Counter displayed and equal to zero for P-1495?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Leak Detection Pump.
Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground (B-), check the Generator Source
Circuit at the LDP connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Generator Source Circuit.

232
APPLICABILITY
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Connect a 12 volt test light to a good 12 volt source (B+).
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Leak Detection Pump.
Check the LDP Solenoid Control circuit, with the test light, while the Leak Detection
Pump is actuating.
Does the test light blink?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
All
Repair
5

Measure the resistance between the LDP Solenoid Control circuit and ground.
Is the resistance below 5.0 Ohms?
Yes
Repair the LDP Solenoid Control Circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All

Disconnect the Leak Detection Pump Solenoid harness connector.
Disconnect the PCM harness connector(s)..
Measure the resistance of the LDP Solenoid Control Circuit from the PCM harness
connector to the LDP harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Leak Detection Pump Solenoid Control Circuit.

All
All
Repair
8

Using the schematic as a guide, inspect the Wiring and Connectors.
Yes
No
Go To
233
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the LDP Solenoid.
While wiggling the LDP Wiring Harness from the LDP Solenoid harness connector to
PCM harness connector, listen to LDP Solenoid.
Did the LDP Solenoid ever stop or start clicking?
All
Yes
Repair as necessary where wiggling caused problem to appear.

No
Test Complete.
234
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1499 - HYDRAULIC FAN SOLENOID CIRCUIT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT WIRE HARNESS INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT WIRE HARNESS OBSERVABLE PROBLEM
RADIATOR FAN IGNITION CIRCUIT OPEN
RAD FAN SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
RADIATOR FAN SOLENOID
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Radiator Fan.
Does the Radiator Fan come on?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Radiator Fan.
Wiggle the wiring harness from the Radiator Fan solenoid connector to the PCM
harness connector.
Did the wiggling interrupt the Radiator Fan Motor stop?
Yes
Repair as necessary where wiggling caused the fan operation to

be interrupted.
No
Go To
All

Using the schematic as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors.
Yes
No
Test Complete.

Measure the Radiator Fan Ignition Circuit for voltage.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Ignition run Circuit.

235
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
P1499 - HYDRAULIC FAN SOLENOID CIRCUIT
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Radiator Fan solenoid harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Radiator Fan solenoid control circuit from the fan
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Radiator Fan Solenoid Control Circuit.


Disconnect the Radiator Fan harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Radiator Fan Control circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Radiator Fan Control Circuit for a short to ground.

All

Backprobe the Fan Solenoid Control circuit at the PCM harness connector.
Connect a jumper wire to the Radiator Fan Solenoid Control circuit in the PCM
harness connector.
Momentarily connect the other end of the jumper wire to ground.
Did the Radiator Fan actuate?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Radiator Fan Solenoid.

All

Repair
236
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1696-PCM FAILURE EEPROM WRITE DENIED
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM FAILURE
PCM FAILURE
Replace and program the Powertrain Control Module in accordance with the Service
Information.
237
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1698-NO BUS MESSAGE FROM TCM
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM PCI BUS CIRCUIT OPEN
TEST
1
ACTION
Turn ignition on, Engine not running.
Is the Good Trip counter for DTC P1698 displayed and equal to Zero?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Note: This DTC could have been set when the TCM is disconnected for
transmission Diagnostics.
2
Turn ignition on, Engine not running.

Connect the DRBIIItI and access Powertrain Control Module.
Note: This test checks for other PCI BUS codes. That indicates diferent
circuits in the BUS.
Is a DTC also set for NO SKIM BUS MESSAGE and/or No MIC BUS MESSAGE?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
238
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
P1698-NO BUS MESSAGE FROM TCM
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs. This is to ensure power and grounds to the PCM are
operational.
NOTE: If the DRBIIIt will not read PCM DTCs, follow the (NO RESPONSE
TO PCM (SCI only)( symptom path, if vehicle will start. For NO START
Conditions follow symptom (NO RESPONSE( in Starting category .
Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link connector
Use Scope input cable CH7058, Cable to Probe adapter CH7062, and the red and
black test probes.
Connect the scope input cable to the channel one connector on the DRBIIIt. Attach
the red and black leads and the cable to probe adapter to the scope input cable.
Select DRBIIIt Standalone.
Select lab scope.
Select Live.
Select 12 volt square wave.
Press F2 for Scope.
Press F2 and use the down arrow to set voltage range to 20 volts. Press F2 again
when complete.
Connect the Black lead to the PCM ground. Connect the Red lead to the PCM PCI
Bus circuit
Observe the voltage displayed on the DRBIIIt Lab Scope.
What is the voltage displayed on the scope?
All
Pulse from 0 to approximately 7.5 volts

Test Complete.
Steady 0 volts
Repair the open PCI Bus circuit to PCM.
4
Turn ignition off.

Yes

No
Test Complete.
239
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
P1899-P/N SWITCH PERFORMANCE
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

With the DRBIIIt, read the PNP switch input state.
While moving the gear selector through all gear positions (Park to 1st and back to
Park), watch the DRB display.
Did the DRBIIIt display P/N and D/R in the correct gear positions?
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All

Disconnect the PNP switch harness connector.
Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary
Measure the resistance of the PNP switch sense circuit between the PCM C1 harness
connector and the PNP switch harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the PNP switch sense circuit for an open.

Perform TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1.
All

Disconnect the PNP switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the PNP switch sense circuit.
Yes
Repair the PNP switch sense circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
240
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
P1899-P/N SWITCH PERFORMANCE
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Move the gear selector through all gear positions, from Park to 1st and back.
While moving the gear selector through the gear positions, measure the resistance
between ground and the PNP switch sense circuit in the PCM C1 harness connector.
Did the display change from above 10.0 ohms to below 10.0 ohms?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Park/Neutral Position Switch in accordance with the

All
Repair
7
MAP, ECT, and Load.
Yes
No
Test Complete.
241
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
*CHECKING EVAPORATIVE EMISSION OPERATION WITH NO
DTCS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PURGE SYSTEM CONTAMINATED
ROLLOVER VALVE
VACUUM HARNESS INTERMITTENT
TEST
1
ACTION
Start the engine, Allow the engine to reach normal operating temperature.
Note: Engine must be in closed loop.
With the DRBIIIt, go to Purge Vapors Test. Press 3 to flow.
Note: Short Term Adaptive should change.
Did Short Term Adaptive change?
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
Note: Visually inspect the Evap Purge Solenoid and vacuum harness. Look
for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or partially broken hoses.
Yes
Repair vacuum harness/connections as necessary.

No
Go To
All
Yes

No
Go To
242
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
*CHECKING EVAPORATIVE EMISSION OPERATION WITH NO DTCS
Continued
TEST
4
ACTION
Remove the Purge Solenoid.
Inspect the line from rollover valve to the solenoid.
Is liquid fuel in the line?
Yes
Replace the Rollover Valve.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Remove the Purge solenoid and tap the ports against a clean solid surface.
Did any foreign material fall out?
Yes
Replace the purge solenoid and clean or replace the vacuum and
purge lines and Evap canister.
No
Test Complete.
243
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
*CHECKING FUEL DELIVERY
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUEL PUMP RELAY
FUEL PRESSURE OUT OF SPECS
FUEL PUMP MODULE
FUEL PUMP CAPACITY (VOLUME) OUT OF SPECS
FUEL PUMP RELAY FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN/HIGH RESISTANCE
FUEL PUMP MODULE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

WARNING: The fuel system is under a constant pressure even with the
engine off. Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose, fitting or line,
the fuel system pressure must be released.
Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail test port.
gauge.
All
Below Specification
Go To 2
Go To 5
Above Specification
Replace the fuel filter/fuel pressure regulator.
2

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the ASD Fuel System test.
Note: It may be necessary to use a mechanics stethoscope in the next step.
Listen for fuel pump operation at the fuel tank.
Does the Fuel Pump operate?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
244
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Install special 5/169 fuel line adapter tool #6539 between disconnected fuel line and
the fuel pump module.
Attach a fuel pressure test gauge to the 9T9 fitting on tool #6539.
gauge.
Is the fuel pressure within specification now?
All
Yes
Repair/replace fuel supply line as necessary.

No
Go To

4

engine off. Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose,fitting or line,
Yes

No


Does the Fuel Pump operate?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
245
All
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: The fuel pressure must be within specification before continuing.

Disconnect the fuel supply line at the fuel rail.
Connect fuel line adapter #6539(5/169) or #6631(3/89) to the disconnected fuel supply
line. Insert the other end of the adapter into a graduated container.
Caution: Do not operate the fuel pump for more than 7 seconds in the next
step. Fuel pump module reservoir may run empty and damage to the fuel
pump will result.
Note: Specification: A good fuel pump will deliver at least 1/4 liter (1/2 pint)
of fuel in 7 seconds.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the ASD Fuel System test for 7 seconds.
Is the fuel pump capacity within specification?
All
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Check for a kinked/damaged fuel supply line between the fuel

tank and fuel rail. If OK, replace the fuel pump module.

7

pump will result.
Yes
Go To
No

246
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Using a 12 volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fuel Pump Relay Output
circuit at the Fuel Pump Module harness connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
11

9
10

Using a test light connected to battery voltage, probe the Fuel Pump ground circuit
at the Fuel Pump Module harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open/high resistance in the fuel pump ground circuit.

All
10
All
Repair
11
12

Remove the Fuel Pump Relay from the PDC.
With a 12 volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fuel Pump Relay Fused B+
circuit at the PDC.
Does the test light illuminate?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fuel Pump Realy Fused B+ circuit. Check for open
fuse in the PDC.
All
12

Remove the Fuel Pump Relay from the PDC.
NOTE: Check connectors - It is critical that the connector is free from any
signs of corrosion or deformities
Measure the resistance of the Fuel Pump Relay Output circuit from the relay
connector to the fuel pump module connector.
Yes
Replace the Fuel Pump Relay.

No
Repair the Fuel Pump Relay Output circuit for an open.

247
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
*CHECKING MAP SENSOR OPERATION WITH NO DTCS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MAP SENSOR
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Attach a vacuum gauge to a manifold vacuum source.
NOTE: If the engine will not idle, maintain a constant engine speed above
idle.
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the MAP sensor vacuum.
Compare the MAP vacuum value on the DRBIIIt and the vacuum reading on the
vacuum gauge.
Are the vacuum readings within 1 inch of vacuum of each other?
All
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Replace the MAP sensor.

248
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
*CHECKING MINIMUM AIRFLOW
APPLICABILITY
START AT
TEST
4.0L MPI I-6
4.7L ENGINE(EVA)/4SPD A/T 45RFE(DG4)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECKING THE MINIMUM AIRFLOW
THROTTLE PLATE/LINKAGE BINDING
VACUUM LEAK
THROTTLE BODY
THROTTLE BODY DIRTY
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Start engine and bring to operating temperature. Be sure all accessories are off
before performing this test.
Shut off engine and remove air duct and air resonator box from top of throttle body.
Disconnect rear CCV breather tube at intake manifold fitting. Let CCV tube hang
disconnected at side of engine.
Attach a short piece of rubber hose to special tool 6714. Install this hose/tool
assembly to intake manifold fitting.
Connect the DRBIIIt.
Start the Engine.
Using the DRBIIIt, run the Minimum Air Flow test.
The DRBIIIt will count down to stabilize the idle rpm and display the minimum air
flow idle rpm. The idle rpm should be between 500 and 900 rpm. If the idle speed is
outside of these specifications, replace the throttle body.
Is the engine rpm between 500 and 900 rpm?
4.0L MPI I-6
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Replace the throttle body.

249
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
*CHECKING MINIMUM AIRFLOW
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Check the throttle plate and linkage for a binding condition.
The throttle linkage must be at idle position. Ensure the throttle plate is fully closed
and against its stop.
Is the throttle plate and linkage free of damage?
4.7L
ENGINE(EVA)/
4SPD A/T
45RFE(DG4)
Yes
Go To
No
Inspect the Intake Manifold for vacuum leaks.

Inspect the Power Brake Booster for any vacuum leaks.
Inspect the PCV system for proper operation or any vacuum leaks.
Yes
Repair vacuum leak as necessary.

No
Go To
4.7L
ENGINE(EVA)/
4SPD A/T
45RFE(DG4)

Disconnect the vacuum line at the PCV valve.
Install Miller Tool #6714 (0.1859 air metering orifice) into the disconnected vacuum
line in place of the PCV valve.
Disconnect the purge hose from the fitting on the throttle body. The purge hose is
located on the front of the throttle body next to the MAP sensor. Cap the fitting at the
throttle body after the purge hose has been disconnected.
With the DRBIIIt in System Tests, perform the Minimum Air Flow function.
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
4.7L
ENGINE(EVA)/
4SPD A/T
45RFE(DG4)

Remove the Throttle Body.
WARNING: Clean throttle body in a well ventilated area. Wear rubber or
butyl gloves. Do not let cleaner come in contact with eyes or skin. Avoid
ingesting cleaner. Wash thoroughly after using cleaner.
While holding the throttle open, spray the entire throttle body bore and the manifold
side of the throttle plate with Mopar Throttle Body Cleaner. Clean the IAC motor
passage also. Use compressed air to dry the throttle body.
Re-install the throttle body.
Note: Miller Tool #6714 (0.185( air metering orifice) still attached to the PCV
vacuum line and the purge hose fitting on the throttle body capped.
With the DRBIIIt in System Tests, perform the Minimum Air Flow function.
Yes
Repair complete.
No
Test Complete.
CAUTION: Stop all actuations. Turn the engine off.
250
4.7L
ENGINE(EVA)/
4SPD A/T
45RFE(DG4)
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
*CHECKING RADIATOR FAN OPERATION WITH NO DTCS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
FUSED B(+) CIRCUIT OPEN
RADIATOR FAN GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
RAD FAN MOTOR
RADIATOR FAN RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
RADIATOR FAN RELAY
TEST
1
ACTION
Does the Radiator Fan Motor cycle on and off?
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, backprobe the Radiator Fan Relay
Output circuit in the Radiator Fan Motor harness connector.
Does the test light cycle on and off?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the Radiator Fan Motor harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Radiator Fan Motor Ground circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Radiator Fan Ground Circuit.
All
All
All
Repair
Replace the Radiator Fan Motor.
5

Disconnect the Radiator Fan Relay Connector.
Using a 12-volt Test Light connected to ground, check the Fused B(+) circuit in the
Radiator Fan Relay connector.
Did the light illuminate brightly?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Fused B(+) Circuit (check Radiator Fan Fuse in
PDC).
251
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
*CHECKING RADIATOR FAN OPERATION WITH NO DTCS
TEST
6
ACTION
Disconnect the Radiator Fan Motor harness connector.
Remove Rad Fan Relay.
Measure the resistance of the Radiator Fan Relay Output circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Radiator Fan Relay Output Circuit.
Continued
APPLICABILITY
All

Repair
Replace the Radiator Fan Relay.
252
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
*CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
POSSIBLE CAUSES
ECT SENSOR
TEST
1
ACTION
NOTE: The engine coolant temperature must be below 62C (150F).
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the ECT value.
Start the engine.
Does the ECT reach 82C (180F) and was it a smooth transition?
Yes
Test Complete.
No

253
APPLICABILITY
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
*CHECKING THE INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
POSSIBLE CAUSES
IAT SENSOR OPERATION
IAT SENSOR
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Do not allow more than 5 minutes delay during the removal of the
IAT sensor and measure the temperature.
With the DRBIIIt, read and record the IAT temperature value.
Remove the IAT sensor.
Using a temperature probe, measure the temperature inside the opening of the IAT
sensor.
Compare both temperature readings.
Are the temperature readings with 12C (10F) of one another?
All
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Replace the IAT sensor.

254
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
*CHECKING THE PCM POWER AND GROUNDS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
PCM FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
PCM GROUND CIRCUITS
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the PCM Fused B+ circuit in the
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B+ circuit.


Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the PCM Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Ignition Switch Output circuit

All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to battery voltage, probe the PCM ground circuits
in the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Repair the PCM ground circuits.

255
All
DRIVEABILITY - GAS
Symptom:
*CHECKING THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR OPERATION WITH
NO DTCS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE ABOVE 1.5 VOLTS
TP SENSOR
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Ensure that the throttle and linkage is not binding and is operating
properly.
All
Yes

No
Go To

voltage change?
Yes
Test Complete.
No

256
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
P0645-A/C CLUTCH RELAY CIRCUIT

When Monitored:
volts.
Set Condition:
circuit.
With the ignition key in the run position and battery voltage above 10.4
An open or shorted condition is detected in the A/C clutch relay control
POSSIBLE CAUSES
A/C CLUTCH RLY CIRCUIT WIRING HARNESS OBSERVABLE PROBLEM
A/C CLUTCH RLY CIRCUIT WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
A/C CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
A/C CLUTCH RELAY
PCM (A/C CLUTCH RELAY)
TEST
1
ACTION
Ignition on, engine not running
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the A/C Clutch Relay.
Is the A/C Clutch Relay clicking?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Using the schematic as a guide, inspect the Wiring and Connectors.
Yes
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the A/C Clutch Relay.
Wiggle the Wiring Harness from the Relay to the PCM.
Did the wiggling interrupt the clicking?
Yes
Repair as necessary where wiggling caused the clicking to be

interrupted.
No
Test Complete.
257
All
HEATING & A/C

TEST
4
Continued
ACTION
Disconnect the A/C Clutch harness connector.
Measure the Fused Ignition Switch Output Circuit voltage at A/C clutch relay.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Fused Ignition Switch Output Circuit.

APPLICABILITY
All
Turn the Ignition Off.

Remove the A/C Clutch Relay from the PDC.
Measure the resistance between Terminals 1(85) and 2 (86) of the A/C Clutch Relay.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the A/C Clutch Relay.

All

Measure the resistance of the A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit from the Relay
Yes
Go To
No
Repair open A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit.

All
Turn the Ignition Off.

Measure the A/C Clutch Control Circuit resistance at PCM connector to ground.
Yes
Repair the A/C Clutch Relay Control Circuit for a short to ground.
No
Go To
All
Repair
258
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
P1598 - A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO HIGH
POSSIBLE CAUSES
A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO 5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
A/C PRESSURE SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
PCM
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Ensure the A/C refrigerant System is properly charged per the
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, read the A/C Pressure Sensor voltage.
Is the voltage above 4.6 volts.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance between the A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit and the 5 Volt
Supply circuit in the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Repair the A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the 5
Volt Supply circuit.
No
Go To
All

Measure the voltage of the A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit in the A/C Pressure
Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Repair the A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for a short to

battery voltage.
No
Go To
259
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Connect a jumper wire between the A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit and the
With the DRBIIIt, monitor the A/C Pressure Sensor voltage.
All
Yes
Replace the A/C Pressure Sensor.

No
Go To

Measure the resistance of the MAP Sensor Signal circuit between the A/C Pressure
Sensor harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for an open.

All

Measure the resistance of the Sensor ground circuit in the A/C Pressure Sensor
Yes
Go To
No

All

Repair
260
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
261
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
P1599 - A/C PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO LOW
POSSIBLE CAUSES
A/C PRESSURE SENSOR INTERNAL FAILURE
A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
PCM A/C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, read the A/C Pressure Sensor voltage.
Is the voltage below .07 volts.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
10

Measure the voltage of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the A/C Pressure Sensor harness
connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

With the DRBIIIt, monitor the A/C Pressure Sensor voltage.
Is the voltage above .07 volts?
Yes
Replace the A/C Pressure Sensor.

No
Go To
262
All
All
HEATING & A/C

Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit in the A/C Pressure
Sensor harness connector to ground.
All
Yes
Repair the A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To

Measure the resistance between the A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit and the
Sensor ground circuit in the A/C Pressure Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Repair the A/C Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for a short to the
No
Go To
All
All
Repair
7

Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit in the A/C Pressure Sensor
Yes

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance of the 5 Volt Supply circuit between the A/C Pressure Sensor
Yes
Go To
No

263
All
HEATING & A/C

TEST
9
Continued
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
10
NOTE: Ensure the A/C refrigerant System is properly charges per the
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
264
All
HEATING & A/C

Symptom:
*CHECKING A/C SYSTEM OPERATION WITH NO DTCS
POSSIBLE CAUSES
A/C CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
A/C CLUTCH COIL
A/C SELECT CIRCUIT OPEN
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM NOT PROPERLY CHARGED
A/C REQUEST CIRCUIT OPEN
CLUTCH CYCLING SWITCH
HIGH PRESS CUT-OFF SWITCH
LOW PRESSURE SWITCH
A/C CLUTCH RELAY
TEST
1
ACTION
Is there an A/C Clutch Relay DTC?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All

Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch harness connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the A/C Compressor Clutch Ground Circuit to ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open A/C compressor clutch ground circuit.

All

With the DRBIIIt, read the A/C Select status.
Turn the A/C Switch on and off a few times.
Does the A/C Select state change?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open A/C Select Circuit.

265
All
HEATING & A/C

TEST
4
ACTION
Verify that the Refrigerant System is properly charged per service procedure.
Is the Refrigerant System properly charged?
Turn
Turn
With
Does
Yes
Go To
No
Properly charge the Refrigerant System per the service information.

APPLICABILITY
All
the ignition on.

the A/C system on and the fan on high.
the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the A/C request state.
the A/C request state change?
Yes
Go To
17
No
Go To
17

Disconnect the A/C compressor clutch harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the A/C Compressor Clutch Ground Circuit to ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open A/C compressor clutch ground circuit.

All
All

With the DRBIIIt, read the A/C Select status.
Turn the A/C Switch on and off a few times.
Does the A/C Select state change?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open A/C Select Circuit.

All

Verify that the Refrigerant System is properly charged per service procedure.
Is the Refrigerant System properly charged?
Turn
Turn
With
Does
Continued
Yes
Go To
No
Properly charge the Refrigerant System per the service information.

All
the ignition on.

the A/C system on and the fan on high.
the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the A/C request state.
the A/C request state change?
Yes
Go To
10
No
Go To
17
266
All
HEATING & A/C

TEST
10
11
12
13
14
15
ACTION
Verify the Clutch Cycling Switch operation per the service information.
Is the Clutch Cycling switch OK?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Clutch Cycling Switch.

Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
11

Verify the High Pressure Cut-Off Switch per the service information.
Is the High Pressure Cut-Off Switch OK?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the High Pressure Cut-Off Switch.

All
12

Verify the Low Pressure Switch operation per the service information.
Is the Low Pressure Switch OK?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Low Pressure Switch.

All
13

Remove the A/C Clutch Relay.
Measure the A/C Clutch Relay Output from the Relay to the A/C Clutch Coil.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open A/C Clutch Relay Output Circuit.

All
14

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the A/C clutch relay.
Measure the A/C Clutch Relay Output at the A/C Clutch harness connector.
Does the voltage fluctuate between 0.0 and 11.0 volts?
Yes
Replace the A/C Clutch Coil.

No
Go To
All
15

Measure the Fused B(+) at the Relay.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Fused B(+) Circuit.

16
267
All
HEATING & A/C

TEST
16
ACTION
Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace the A/C Clutch Relay.
17
18
19
20
21

Verify the Clutch Cycling Switch operation per the service information.
Is the Clutch Cycling switch OK?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Clutch Cycling Switch.

All
18

Verify the High Pressure Cut-Off Switch per the service information.
Is the High Pressure Cut-Off Switch OK?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the High Pressure Cut-Off Switch.

All
19

Verify the Low Pressure Switch operation per the service information.
Is the Low Pressure Switch OK?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Low Pressure Switch.

All
20

Measure the A/C Clutch Relay Output from the Relay to the A/C Clutch Coil.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open A/C Clutch Relay Output Circuit.

All
21

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the A/C clutch relay.
Measure the A/C Clutch Relay Output at the A/C Clutch harness connector.
Does the voltage fluctuate between 0.0 and 11.0 volts?
Yes
Replace the A/C Clutch Coil.

No
Go To
22
268
All
HEATING & A/C

TEST
22
23
ACTION
Measure the Fused B(+) at the Relay.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Fused B(+) Circuit.

Continued
APPLICABILITY
All
23

Repair
Repair the open A/C Request Circuit.
269
All
SPEED CONTROL
Symptom List:
P1595-SPEED CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUITS
P1683-SPD CTRL PWR RELAY; OR S/C 12V DRIVER CKT
Test Note:
The title for the tests will be P1595-SPEED CONTROL SOLENOID CIRCUITS.

When Monitored: With the ignition key on, the speed control switched on, the SET switch
pressed and the vehicle in drive gear moving above 35 MPH.
Set Condition: The powertrain control module actuates the vacuum and vent solenoids
but they do not respond.
P1683-SPD CTRL PWR RELAY; OR S/C 12V DRIVER CKT
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
With the ignition key on and the speed control switched on.
The speed control power supply circuit is either open or shorted to ground.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
S/C POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
GROUND CIRCUIT AT S/C SERVO CONNECTOR OPEN
S/C WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT PROBLEM (S/C VENT SOL AC)
S/C VACUUM SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
S/C VACUUM SOLENOID CONTROL CKT SHORT TO GROUND
S/C VENT SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
S/C VENT SOLENOID CONTROL CKT SHORT TO GROUND
S/C WIRING HARNESS INTERMITTENT PROBLEM (S/C VAC SOL AC)
S/C WIRING HARNESS OBSERVABLE PROBLEM
S/C SERVO (12V DRIVER CIRCUIT)
S/C SERVO (12V DRIVER CIRCUIT)
S/C POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
BRAKE SWITCH
BRAKE SWITCH OUT OF ADJUSTMENT
S/C BRAKE SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
S/C BRAKE SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM (12V DRIVER CIRCUIT)
270
SPEED CONTROL
TEST
1
Continued
ACTION
Ignition On, Engine Not Running.
With the DRB actuate the S/C Vent Solenoid.
Does the Speed Control Servo click?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
24
All

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the S/C Vacuum Solenoid.
Does the Speed Control Servo click?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY

Using the Schematics as a guide, inspect the Wiring and Connectors.
Yes
No
Go To
All
All

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the S/C Vent Solenoid..
Wiggle the Wiring Harness from S/C Servo and Brake Switch to Powertrain Control
Module.
Did the wiggling interrupt the S/C Servo actuation?
Yes
Repair as necessary where wiggling caused the actuation to be

interrupted.
No
Go To
All

Module.
Did the wiggling interrupt the S/C actuation?
Yes

interrupted.
No
Test Complete.

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the S/C Vent Solenoid..
Module.
Did the wiggling interrupt the S/C Servo actuation?
Yes

interrupted.
No
Go To
271
All
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Speed Control Servo harness connector.
Note: Ensure the Brake Pedal is not depressed during the following steps.
Turn S/C Switch on.
Using a 12-volt Test Light, check the S/C Brake Switch Output Circuit at the Servo
harness connector.
Is the light illuminated and bright?
All
10
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
18

Measure the resistance of the Ground Circuit at the Servo harness connector to
ground.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair open Ground Circuit at S/C Servo Connector.

All

Disconnect the Speed Control Servo 4-way harness connector.
Turn the S/C Switch on.
harness connector.
Yes
Go To
15
No
Go To
10
Turn ignition off.

Using Service Procedure, check Brake Switch adjustment.
Was Brake Switch adjustment OK?
Yes
Go To
No
Adjust Brake Switch.

11
272
All
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
11

Disconnect the Brake Switch harness connector.
Be sure the brake pedal is not depressed during the next step.
Measure the resistance between the S/C power supply circuit and the S/C brake
switch output circuit (measurement taken across switch).
All
12
13
14
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Brake Switch.

12

Disconnect the Brake Lamp Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the S/C Brake Switch Output circuit.
Yes
Repair Switched S/C Brake Switch Output circuit shorted to

ground.
No
Go To
All
13

Disconnect the S/C Servo harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the S/C Brake Switch Output Circuit from the Brake
Switch harness Connector to the Servo harness Connector.
Yes
Repair the open S/C Brake Switch Output Circuit.

No
Go To
All
14

Measure the resistance of the S/C Power Supply Circuit from the PCM harness
connector to the Brake Switch harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open S/C Power Supply Circuit.

15
273
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
15

Disconnect PCM harness connectors.
Measure the resistance of the S/C Vacuum Solenoid Control Circuit from the PCM
harness connector to the Servo harness connector.
All
16
17
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open S/C Vacuum Solenoid Control Circuit.

16

Measure the resistance of the S/C Vacuum Solenoid Control Circuit from the Servo
harness connector to a good ground.
Yes
Repair the short to ground in the S/C Vacuum Solenoid Control

Circuit.
No
Go To
All
17
If there are no possible causes remaining, replace the Speed Control Servo.
All
Repair
Replace the S/C Servo.
18
19
Turn ignition off.

Yes
Go To
No

All
19

Yes
Go To
No

20
274
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
20

Measure the resistance between the S/C Power Supply Circuit and ground at the
Brake Switch harness connector.
All
21
22
23
Yes
Repair S/C Power Supply Circuit shorted to ground.

No
Go To
21

Yes
Go To
No

All
22

Yes

ground.
No
Go To
All
23

Yes

No
Go To
35
275
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
24

Disconnect the Speed Control Servo 4-way harness connector.
Turn the S/C Switch on.
harness connector.
All
25
26
27
28
Yes
Go To
25
No
Go To
29

ground.
Yes
Go To
No

All
26

Disconnect the Speed Control Servo harness Connector.
Measure the resistance of the S/C Vent Solenoid Control Circuit from the PCM
harness connector to the Servo harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open S/C Vent Solenoid Control Circuit.

All
27

Measure the resistance of the S/C Vent Solenoid Control Circuit from the Servo
harness connector to a good Ground.
Yes
Repair the short to ground in the S/C Vent Solenoid Control

Circuit.
No
Go To
All
28
If there are no possible causes remaining, replace the Speed Control Servo.
Repair
Replace the S/C Servo.
276
All
SPEED CONTROL
TEST
29
30
31
32
33
Continued
ACTION
Turn ignition off.
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
All
30

Yes
Go To
No

All
31

Yes
Go To
No

All
32

Yes

ground.
No
Go To
All
33

Yes

No
Go To
34
277
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
34

Measure the resistance between the S/C Power Supply Circuit and ground at the
All
35
Yes
Repair S/C Power Supply Circuit shorted to ground.

No
Go To
35
Repair
278
All
SPEED CONTROL
Symptom:
P1596-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH ALWAYS HIGH

When Monitored:
With the ignition key on.
Set Condition: An open circuit is detected in the speed control on/off switch circuit. The
circuit must be above 4.8 volts for more than 2 minutes to set the DTC.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN CLOCKSPRING TO S/C SWITCH
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN PCM TO CLOCKSPRING
CLOCKSPRING SIGNAL/GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
SPEED CONTROL ON/OFF SWITCH
SPEED CONTROL SW SIG CKT OPEN PCM TO CLOCK SPRING
SPEED CONTROL SW SIG CKT OPEN CLOCKSPRING TO S/C SWITCH
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Speed Control inputs state.
While monitoring the DRBIIIt, push the Speed Control On/Off Switch several times,
then leave it on.
Did the DRBIIIt show Speed Control Switch off and on?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Yes
No
Test Complete.
279
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Speed Control On/Off Switch 2-way harness connector.
Disconnect the clockspring 6-way harness connector (S/C switch side)
Measure the resistance of the S/C Switch Sensor Ground Circuit from the On/Off
Switch 2-way harness connector to the clockspring harness connector.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair open ground circuit from clockspring to S/C switch.


Disconnect the clockspring 6-way harness connector (instrument panel harness side).
Measure the resistance of the S/C Switch Sensor Ground Circuit from the PCM
harness connector to the clockspring harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair open ground circuit from PCM to clockspring.

All

Disconnect the Speed Control On/Off Switch 2-way harness connector only.
Measure the resistance across the S/C On/Off Switch.
Is the resistance between 20.3K and 20.7K ohms?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the On/Off Switch.

All

Disconnect the upper and lower 6-way clockspring harness connectors.
Measure the resistance of the K4 sensor ground circuit between the upper and lower
6-way clockspring harness connectors.
Measure the resistance of the V37 speed control switch signal circuit between the
upper and lower 6-way clockspring harness connectors.
Was the resistance above 5.0 ohms for either circuit?
Yes
Replace the clockspring.

No
Go To
280
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the Speed Control On/Off Switch 2-way harness connector only.
Measure the S/C Switch Signal Circuit for voltage at the On/Off Switch 2-way
connector.
All
10
Yes
Repair the Speed Control Switch Signal Circuit for a short to

voltage.
No
Go To

Disconnect the Clockspring 6-way harness connector (instrument panel harness side)
.
Using an Ohmmeter, measure the resistance of the S/C Switch Signal Circuit from
the PCM to the Clockspring Connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair open Speed Control Switch Signal Circuit PCM to Clockspring.

All

Disconnect the On/Off switch 2-way harness connector.
Disconnect the upper clockspring harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the S/C Switch Signal Circuit from the clockspring harness
connector to the On/Off switch harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open Speed Control Switch Signal Circuit Clockspring

to S/C switch.
All
10
Repair
281
All
SPEED CONTROL
Symptom:
P1597-SPEED CONTROL SWITCH ALWAYS LOW

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
With the ignition key on and battery voltage above 10.4 volts.
When switch voltage is less than 0.39 volts for 2 minutes.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CLOCKSPRING SHORTED TO GROUND
S/C SWITCH (ON/OFF)
S/C SWITCH (RESUME/ACCEL)
S/C SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND
S/C SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read the S/C Switch volts status.
Is the S/C Switch voltage below 1.0 volt?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the S/C ON/OFF Switch harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, read the S/C Switch volts.
Did the S/C Switch volts change to 5.0 volts?
Yes
Replace the S/C ON/OFF Switch.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
All
All

Disconnect the S/C RESUME/ACCEL Switch harness connector.
Did the S/C Switch volts go above 4.0 volts?
Yes
Replace the Resume/Accel Switch.

No
Go To
282
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Disconnect the clockspring 6-way harness connector (instrument panel wiring side).
Did the S/C Switch volts change to 5.0 volts?
All
Yes
Replace the Clockspring.

No
Go To

Measure the resistance between the S/C Signal Circuit and the Sensor Ground
Circuit at the ON/OFF switch harness connector.
Yes
Repair S/C Signal Circuit shorted to Sensor Ground.

No
Go To
All

Measure the resistance between the S/C Switch Signal circuit and ground (B-) at S/C
ON/OFF Switch harness connector.
Yes
Repair S/C Switch Signal Circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
All
All
Repair
8

Yes
No
Test Complete.
283
All
SPEED CONTROL
Symptom:
*BRAKE SWITCH SENSE STATUS DOES NOT CHANGE ON DRB
POSSIBLE CAUSES
DRBIIIt DOES NOT SHOW BRAKE SW PRESSED OR RELEASED
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT LESS THAN 10.0 VOLTS
BRAKE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT OPEN
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
S/C POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT BELOW 10 VOLTS AT BRAKE SWITCH CONN
BRAKE SWITCH (SENSE CKT)
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (BRAKE SENSE)
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Brake Switch state.
While observing the DRBIIIt display, press and release the brake pedal several
times.
Does the DRBIIIt display brake switch PRESSED and RELEASED?
All
Yes
The Brake Lamp Switch is operating properly at this time.

No
Go To

Measure the resistance between ground and the Brake Lamp Switch Ground circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Brake Lamp Switch Ground circuit for an open.

All

Brake pedal must be depressed in the next step.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the brake lamp switch output
circuit at the brake switch harness connector.
Is the test light illuminated and bright?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace or adjust the brake switch.

284
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
4
ACTION
Disconnect the brake switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the brake switch ground circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Brake Switch Ground Circuit open.

APPLICABILITY
All

Disconnect the brake switch harness connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the fused B(+) circuit at the
brake switch harness connector.
Is the test light on?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the fused B(+) circuit for an open or high resistance.

All

Turn key on, engine off.
Using a 12-volt Test Light, check the voltage of the S/C Power Supply Circuit at the
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to symptom list for problems related to the S/C Power

Supply circuit.
All

Measure the resistance of the Brake Lamp Switch Sense circuit.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Brake Lamp Switch Sense circuit for an open.

All

Disconnect the CAB harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the Brake Lamp Switch Sense circuit.
Yes
Repair the Brake Lamp Switch Sense circuit for a short to ground.
No
Go To
285
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between the Brake Lamp Switch Sense terminal and the
Ground terminal (measurement taken across switch).
Apply and release the Brake Pedal while monitoring the ohmmeter.
Does the resistance change from below 5.0 ohms to open circuit?
All
10
Yes
Go To
No

10

Repair
286
All
SPEED CONTROL
Symptom:
*CHECKING SPEED CONTROL OPERATION WITH NO DTCS
PRESENT
POSSIBLE CAUSES
S/C SW SIGNAL CIRCUIT TO CLOCKSPRING CONNECTOR OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT AT S/C SERVO CONNECTOR OPEN
GROUND CIRCUIT TO S/C RESUME/ACCEL SWITCH CONNECTOR OPEN
DRBIIIt DOES NOT SHOW SET SWITCH 9PRESSED9 OR RELEASED
CANCEL SWITCH
COAST SWITCH
THROTTLE CABLE OBSERVABLE PROBLEM
THROTTLE OPENS AND CLOSES
SPEED CONTROL ON/OFF SWITCH STUCK
SPEED CONTROL RESUME/ACCEL SWITCH
SPEED CONTROL RESUME/ACCEL SWITCH STUCK
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Speed Control Switch state.
While observing the display, press the Brake Pedal several times.
Does the DRBIIIt show Brake Switch 9pressed9 and 9released9?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
17

While observing the display, press the On/Off Switch several times.
Does the DRBIIIt show On/Off Switch 9pressed9 and 9released9?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
41

Yes
No
Go To
287
APPLICABILITY
All
All
All
SPEED CONTROL
*CHECKING SPEED CONTROL OPERATION WITH NO DTCS PRESENT
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

ground.
All
Yes
Go To
No


With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the P/N Switch state.
While observing the display, move the Gear Selector to DRIVE.
Does the DRBIIIt show P/N switch 9D/R9?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Inspect the throttle cable and linkage for any binding or damage.
Is the cable or linkage disconnected or damaged?
Yes
No
Go To
All
All

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Speed Control Set Switch state.
While observing the display, press the Set Switch several times.
Does the DRBIIIt show the Set Switch status change appropriately from Pressed to
Released?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Left S/C Switch.

All

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Speed Control Resume Switch state.
While observing the display, press the Resume Switch several times.
Does the DRBIIIt show the Resume Switch status change appropriately from
Pressed to Released?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
12

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Speed Control Cancel Switch state.
While observing the display, press the Cancel Switch several times.
Does the DRBIIIt show the Cancel Switch status change appropriately from Pressed
to Released?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Right S/C Switch.

10
288
All
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
10
11
12
13
14
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt read DTCs.
Are any Vehicle Speed Signal codes set?
Yes
Go To
11
No
Go To
11
APPLICABILITY
All

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Speed Control Coast Switch state.
While observing the display, press the Coast Switch several times.
Does the DRBIIIt show the Coast Switch status change appropriately from Pressed
to Released?
Yes
Go To
No

All
27

Disconnect the Speed Control Resume/Accel Switch harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Speed Control Switch Voltage.
Did the DRBIIIt show Speed Control Switch Voltage go from below 4.2 Volts to above
4.2 Volts?
Yes
Replace the Right Speed Control Switch.

No
Go To
All
13

Yes
Go To
14
No
Go To
14
All
Start the engine.

Allow engine to idle for 1 minute.
Turn the engine off, then turn the ignition on, engine not running.
With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Speed Control Servo Solenoids.
Does the Throttle open and close?
Yes
Go To
No
Perform Speed Control Vacuum Supply Test per appropriate

service procedure.
15
289
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
15
At this time the Speed Control Switch and Servo functions appear to operate
properly.
Using the DRBIIIt, monitor the Speed Control OUTPUT status.
Road test the Vehicle at speeds over 35 MPH (55kmh) and attempt to set the Speed
Control.
The following items will not allow the Speed Control to set. The last or most recent
cause for Speed Control not to set is indicated by the DENIED status.
If ON/OFF Denied message is indicated, the Powertrain Control Module does not see
an ON signal from the Switch.
If SPEED Denied message is indicated, the Vehicle Speed as seen by the Powertrain
Control Module is not greater than 36 MPH.
If RPM Denied message is indicated, the Engine RPM is excessively high.
If BRAKE Denied message is indicated, the Brake Switch Sense Circuit is open
indicating to the PCM that the Brakes are applied. The Sense Circuit is grounded
through the Brake Pedal Switch when the brakes are released.
If P/N Denied message is indicated, Park/Neutral Switch Sense Circuit is grounded
indicating to PCM that Transmission is not in gear. The Sense Circuit is grounded
through the P/N Switch when Transmission is in Park or Neutral.
If RPM/SPD Denied message is indicated, the PCM senses excessive Engine RPM for
a given Vehicle speed.
If SOL FLT Denied message is indicated, the Powertrain Control Module senses a
Servo Solenoid Circuit trouble code that is maturing or set in memory.
Continue if the previous instructions have been completed.
All
Repair
Go To
16
17
18
16

Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground Circuit from the S/C Resume/Accel
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open sensor ground circuit, right S/C switch connector
to the clockspring connector.
All
37

While observing the display, press the On/Off Switch several times.
Does the DRBIIIt show On/Off Switch 9pressed9 and 9released9?
Yes
Go To
18
No
Go To
41

Yes
No
Go To
19
290
All
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
19

ground.
All
20
21
22
23
24
Yes
Go To
No

20

Yes
Go To
21
No
Go To
21

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Speed Control Set Switch state.
While observing the display, press the Set Switch several times.
Does the DRBIIIt show the Set Switch status change appropriately from Pressed to
Released?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Left S/C Switch.

All
All
22

Yes
No
Go To
All
23

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, read the Speed Control Resume Switch state.
While observing the display, press the Resume Switch several times.
Does the DRBIIIt show the Resume Switch status change appropriately from
Pressed to Released?
Yes
Go To
24
No
Go To
32

to Released?
Yes
Go To
No

25
291
All
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
25

to Released?
All
26
27
28
Yes
Go To
No

26

Yes
Go To
27
No
Go To
27
All
Start the engine.

Yes
Go To
No

service procedure.
28
properly.
Control.
Repair
Go To
All
29
292
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
29

Disconnect both Speed Control Switches harness connectors.
Measure the resistance of the speed control switch signal circuit from the On/Off
switch connector to the Resume/Accel harness connector.
Is resistance below 5.0 ohms?
All
30
31
32
33
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open S/C Sw Signal Circuit from the right switch to the
Clockspring Connector.
30

Yes
Go To
No
All
31

Connect a Jumper between the S/C Switch Signal and Sensor Ground at the switch
harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read the S/C Switch voltage.
Does the DRBIIIt show S/C Switch is less than 1.0 volt?
Yes
Replace the right Speed Control Switch.

No
Test Complete.

4.2 Volts?
Yes
Replace the Right Speed Control Switch.

No
Go To
All
All
33

Yes
Go To
34
No
Go To
34
All
293
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
34

All
35
36
Yes
Go To
No
35
Start the engine.

Yes
Go To
No

service procedure.
36
properly.
Control.
Repair
Go To
All
37
294
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
37

Disconnect both Speed Control Switches harness connectors.
Measure the resistance of the speed control switch signal circuit from the On/Off
switch connector to the Resume/Accel harness connector.
Is resistance below 5.0 ohms?
All
38
39
40
41
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open S/C Sw Signal Circuit from the right switch to the
Clockspring Connector.
38

Connect a Jumper between the S/C Switch Signal and Sensor Ground at the switch
harness connector.
With the DRBIIIt, read the S/C Switch voltage.
Does the DRBIIIt show S/C Switch is less than 1.0 volt?
Yes
Replace the right Speed Control Switch.

No
Go To
All
39

to Released?
Yes
Go To
No

All
40

to Released?
Yes
Test Complete.
No


Yes
No
Go To
42
295
All
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
42

ground.
All
43
44
45
46
47
Yes
Go To
No

43

Disconnect the Speed Control On/Off Switch harness connector.
4.2 Volts?
Yes
Replace the Left Speed Control Switch.

No
Go To
All
44

Yes
Go To
45
No
Go To
45

Yes
No
Go To
All
All
46

Yes
Go To
47
No
Go To
47
All
Start the engine.

Yes
Go To
No

service procedure.
48
296
All
SPEED CONTROL
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
48
properly.
Control.
All
Repair
Test Complete.
297
STARTING
Symptom:
*ENGINE CRANKS DOES NOT START
POSSIBLE CAUSES
NO START PRE-TEST
SECONDARY INDICATORS PRESENT
POWERTRAIN FUSES OPEN
NO CKP SENSOR SIGNAL WHEN CRANKING ENGINE
NO CMP SENSOR SIGNAL WHEN CRANKING ENGINE
FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
FUEL PUMP MODULE
KINKED/RESTRICTED FUEL SUPPLY LINE
CKP & CMP SENSORS OUT OF SYNC
FUEL PUMP MODULE
298
STARTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: The following list of items must be checked before continuing with
any no start tests.
The battery must be fully charged and in good condition. A low charged battery may
produce invalid test results. If the battery is low, charge the battery and then attempt
to start the vehicle by cranking the engine for 15 seconds, 3 consecutive times.
This will allow any DTCs to set that may have been erased due to a dead battery.
Ensure the Powers and Ground to the PCM are ok.
Make sure the PCM communicates with the DRBIIIt and that there are no DTCs
stored in the PCM memory. If the PCM reports a No Response condition, refer to the
Communication category for the proper tests.
Read the PCM DTCs with the DRBIIIt. If any DTCs are present, they must be
repaired before continuing with any other No Start diagnostic tests. Refer to the
Symptom list for the related P-code that is reported by the PCM.
Ensure that the PCI bus is functional. Attempt to communicate with the Instrument
Cluster and SKIM, If you are unable to establish communicate refer to the
Communication category for the proper symptoms.
The Sentry Key Immobilizer System must be operating properly. Check for proper
communication with the DRBIIIt and check for DTCs that may be stored in the
Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM). repair the DTC(s) before continuing.
If no DTCs are found, using the DRBIIIt select Clear PCM (BATT Disconnect).
Crank the engine several times. Using the DRBIIIt, read DTCs. If a DTC is present
perform the DTC diagnostics before continuing.
All
Yes
No
Go To

With the DRBIIIt, under DTCs & Related Functions, read the Secondary Indicators
while cranking the engine.
Are there any Secondary Indicators present while cranking the engine?
Yes
Refer to symptom list and perform tests related to the secondary

indicator that is reported by the DRBIIIt.
No
Go To
All
Check for any open fuses in the PDC or Junction Block that may be related to the No
Start condition.
Are any of the fuses open?
Yes
Replace the open fuse and check the related circuit(s) for a short
to ground.
No
Go To
All
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, check the 9Current CKP Count9 while cranking the
engine.
Does the CKP Counter change while cranking the engine?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to Driveability Symptom P0320-NO CRANK REFERENCE

SIGNAL AT PCM.
299
All
STARTING
TEST
5
10
Continued
ACTION
Is the vehicle equipped with a 4.7 litre engine?
No
Go To
Yes
Go To
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, check the 9Current CMP Count9 while cranking the
engine.
Does the 9Current CMP Count9 change while cranking the engine?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to Driveability Symptom P0340-NO CAM SIGNAL AT PCM

APPLICABILITY
All
All

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, check the 9Current Sync State9 while cranking
the engine.
Does the DRBIIIt show Current Sync State 9Out of Sync9 while cranking the engine?
Yes
Check for the CKP Sensor Signal ckt shorted to the CMP Sensor
Signal ckt OR Check for valve timing/CMP drive problem.
No
Go To
All
11
With the DRBIIIt in Sensors, check the 9Current CMP Count9 while cranking the
engine.
Does the 9Current CMP Count9 change while cranking the engine?
Yes
Go To
No
Refer to Driveability Symptom P0340-NO CAM SIGNAL AT PCM

All

With the DRBIIIt in Inputs/Outputs, check the 9Current Sync State9 while cranking
the engine.
Does the DRBIIIt show Current Sync State 9Out of Sync9 while cranking the engine?
Yes
Check for the CKP Sensor Signal ckt shorted to the CMP Sensor
Signal ckt OR Check for valve timing/CMP drive problem.
No
Go To
All
10
NOTE: This test applies only to 4.7L engine.

Disconnect the spark plug cable at the #1 spark plug.
Connect the #1spark plug cable to a spark tester and the spark tester to a good engine
ground.
Caution: Ignition coil damage may occur if the spark tester is not properly
grounded.
While cranking the engine for 10 seconds, watch for spark at the spark tester.
Note: Consider 1 or 2 sparks as a no spark condition.
Is there good spark while cranking the engine?
Yes
Go To
11
No
Go To
11
300
All
STARTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
11

Can the fuel pump operation be heard?
All
Yes
Go To
12
No
Go To
18
CAUTION: Stop all Actuations.

12
13

correct injector
Yes
No
Go To
All
13

Remove the pressure test port cap at the fuel rail test port. Connect a fuel pressure
gauge to the test port pressure fitting on the fuel rail.
Turn the ignition on. With the DRBIIIt, actuate the ASD Fuel System test and
observe the fuel pressure gauge.
NOTE: Fuel pressure specification is 49.2 psi +/- 5 psi (339 KPa +/- 34 KPa
All
Below Specification
Go To 14
Go To 17
Above Specification
Replace the fuel filter/pressure regulator.
Caution: Stop all actuations.
14
Visually inspect the fuel supply line from the fuel tank to the fuel rail. Look for any
signs of physical damage that may restrict the supply line.
Were any problems found with the fuel supply line?
Yes

No
Go To
15
301
All
STARTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
15

All
16
Yes

No
Go To
16

All
Repair
17

pump will result.
Yes
Test Complete.
No

All
CAUTION: Stop all Actuations.

18

Measure the fuel pump ground circuit at the fuel pump module harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open fuel pump ground circuit.

19
302
All
STARTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
19

Measure the fuel pump relay output circuit from the relay location in PDC to the fuel
pump module harness connector.
All
20
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the open fuel pump relay output circuit.

20

Repair
303
All
STARTING
Symptom:
*NO CRANK CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
REPAIR MECHANICAL CONDITION
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
BATTERY CIRCUIT RESISTANCE TOO HIGH
IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
STARTER RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
STARTER RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
STARTER
STARTER RELAY
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
WARNING: MAKE SURE THE BATTERY IS DISCONNECTED, THEN WAIT

TWO MINUTES BEFORE PROCEEDING.
Turn the engine over by hand to ensure the engine is not seized.
Is the engine able to turn over?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the mechanical condition preventing the starter motor

from cranking.

Move the Gear selector through all gear positions, from Park to 1st and back.
While moving the gear selector through each gear, measure the resistance between
ground and the P/N Position Switch Sense circuit.
Did the resistance change from above 10.0 ohms to below 10.0 ohms?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Transmission Range Sensor.

All

Check the Battery Cables for high resistance using the service information procedure.
Did either Battery Cable have a voltage drop greater than 0.2 volt?
Yes
Repair the Battery circuit for high resistance.

No
Go To
304
All
STARTING
*NO CRANK CONDITION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn ignition off.

Remove the Starter Relay from PDC.
WARNING: The Parking Brake must be on and the Transmission must be in
park for a vehicle equipped with an automatic transmission.
Warning: The engine may be cranked in the next step. Keep away from
moving engine parts.
Briefly connect a jumper wire between Starter Relay B+ circuit and the Starter Relay
Output Circuits.
Did the Starter Motor crank the engine?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Remove the Starter Relay from the PDC.
Using a 12-volt test light, probe the Ignition Switch Output circuit in the Starter
Relay connector.
While observing 12-volt test light, hold ignition key in the start position.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Ignition Switch Output circuit for an open or high

resistance.
All

Measure the Starter Relay Control circuit between the Relay terminal and the PCM
harness connector.
Yes
Replace the Starter Motor Relay.

No
Repair the Starter Relay Control circuit for an open.


Disconnect the Starter Relay Output connector from the Starter Solenoid.
Measure the resistance of the Starter Relay Output circuit between the Relay and the
Solenoid harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair Starter Relay Output circuit for an open.

305
All
All
STARTING
*NO CRANK CONDITION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the Fused B+ circuit at the
Starter Relay terminal.
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B(+) Circuit for an open or high resistance.

If there are no other possible causes remaining, review repair.

Repair
Replace the Starter.
306
All
STARTING
Symptom:
*NO RESPONSE FROM PCM WITH A NO START CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PCM FUSED B+ CIRCUIT
PCM FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT CIRCUIT
PCM GROUND CIRCUITS
PCM
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: The DRBIIIt and cable must be operating properly for the results of
this test to be valid.
NOTE: Ensure the ignition switch was on when trying to communicate with
the PCM.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the PCM Fused B+ circuit in the
All
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B+ circuit.


Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, probe the PCM Fused Ignition Switch
Output circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Ignition Switch Output circuit

All

Using a 12-volt test light connected to battery voltage, probe the PCM ground circuits
in the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the PCM ground circuits.

All
If there is no possible causes remaining, view repair.

Repair
307
All
STARTING
Symptom:
*START AND STALL CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECKING DTCS
CHECKING SKIM DTCS
FUEL PRESSURE OUT OF SPECS
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR VOLTAGE GREATER THAN 0.92 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE
CLOSED
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR OPERATION
OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES FOR START & STALL
FUEL PUMP MODULE
TEST
1
ACTION
Are any DTCs present?
APPLICABILITY
All
Yes
Refer to the Driveability Category and perform the appropriate

symptom.
No
Go To

NOTE: If you are unable to communicate with the SKIM, refer to the
Communication Category and perform the appropriate symptom.
With the DRBIIIt, read the SKIM codes.
Are there any SKIM DTCs?
Yes
Refer to the Vehicle Theft category and perform the appropriate

symptom.
No
Go To
308
All
STARTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Install a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel rail test port.
gauge.
NOTE: Fuel pressure specification is 49.2 psi +/- 5 psi (339 KPa +/- 34 KPa).
All
Below Specification
Go To 4
Go To 10
Above Specification
Replace the fuel filter/fuel pressure regulator.
4

pump will result.
Yes
Go To
No

All

5

With the DRBIIIt, read TPS VOLTS.
While monitoring the DRBIIIt, slowly open and close the Throttle.
Is the voltage change smooth?
Yes
Go To
No

309
All
STARTING
TEST
6
Continued
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read Throttle Position voltage. Throttle must be against stop.
Yes
Go To
No

Position Sensor.
APPLICABILITY
All

gauge.
Yes

No
Go To
All

8
Note: This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soaked).
NOTE: If the vehicle was allow to sit over night with no engine start, coolant
temperature should be near ambient temperatures.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Engine Coolant Temperature value.
Note: If engine coolant temperature is above 82 C (180 F), allow the engine
to cool until 65 C (150 F) is reached.
Start the engine.
During engine warm-up, monitor the Engine Coolant Temperature value. The
temperature value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal
operating temp 82 C (180 F). The value should reach at least 82 C (180 F).
Did the Engine Temperature value increase smoothly and did it reach at least 82 C
(180 F)?
Yes
Go To
No

310
All
STARTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
The following additional items should be checked as a possible cause for a start and
stall condition.
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply to the symptom.
Fuel must be free of contamination.
The exhaust system must be free of any restrictions.
The engine compression must be within specifications.
The engine valve timing must be within specifications.
The engine must be free from vacuum leaks.
The throttle body must be free of carbon buildup and dirt.
Do any of the above conditions exist?
All
10
Yes
No
Go To
16

pump will result.
Yes
Go To
No

All
11

11
12

With the DRBIIIt, read TPS VOLTS.
While monitoring the DRBIIIt, slowly open and close the Throttle.
Is the voltage change smooth?
Yes
Go To
No

All
12

With the DRBIIIt, read Throttle Position voltage. Throttle must be against stop.
Yes
Go To
No

Position Sensor.
13
311
All
STARTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
13
Note: This test works best if performed on a cold engine (cold soaked).
NOTE: If the vehicle was allow to sit over night with no engine start, coolant
temperature should be near ambient temperatures.
With the DRBIIIt, read the Engine Coolant Temperature value.
Note: If engine coolant temperature is above 82 C (180 F), allow the engine
to cool until 65 C (150 F) is reached.
Start the engine.
During engine warm-up, monitor the Engine Coolant Temperature value. The
temperature value change should be a smooth transition from start up to normal
operating temp 82 C (180 F). The value should reach at least 82 C (180 F).
Did the Engine Temperature value increase smoothly and did it reach at least 82 C
(180 F)?
All
14
15
Yes
Go To
No

14
The following additional items should be checked as a possible cause for a start and
stall condition.
Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) that may apply to the symptom.
Fuel must be free of contamination.
The exhaust system must be free of any restrictions.
The engine compression must be within specifications.
The engine valve timing must be within specifications.
The engine must be free from vacuum leaks.
The throttle body must be free of carbon buildup and dirt.
Do any of the above conditions exist?
Yes
No
Go To
All
15

gauge.
Yes

No
Go To
16
312
All
STARTING
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
16

engine off. Before testing or servicing any fuel system hose,fitting or line,
All
Yes

No
Test Complete.
313
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P0711-TRANS TEMP SENSOR, NO TEMP RISE AFTER START

P0711-TRANS TEMP SENSOR, NO TEMP RISE AFTER START
When Monitored:
Continuously with the key on and the engine running.
Set Condition: After 2 trips in which the trans sump temp is < 5C (40 F) and does not
rise more than 8C (16 F) after 20 minutes of run time with Veh Spd > 48 kmh (30 MPH).
It will also set if the eng temp is < 38C (100 F) with trans temp > 127C (260 F).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION DTCS SET
INTERMITTENT TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Good Trip Counter for P0711 displayed and equal to 0?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Check for any Park/Neutral DTCs or Transmission Temperature too Low or too High
DTCs.
Were any Park/Neutral P-1899 or Transmission Temperature Sensor P-0712 or
P0713 codes present?
Yes
Repair all other transmission DTCs before proceeding.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Note: To test the transmission temperature sensor, the engine and transmission temperature must be at or below 29.4C (85 F).
With the DRBIIIt read:
Engine Coolant temperature and record.
Transmission temperature and record.
Is the transmission temperature within 5C (9F) of the engine coolant temperature?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
314
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
P0711-TRANS TEMP SENSOR, NO TEMP RISE AFTER START Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: To test the transmission temperature sensor, the engine and transmission temperature must be at or below 29.4C (85 F).
Start the engine and let it idle in Drive with parking brake on, while monitoring the
Transmission Temperature Sensor with the DRBIIIt.
Look for the temperature to rise 8C (15F) within a ten minute period.
Did the trans temperature increase at a steady rate and rise 8C (15F) over a 10
minute period?
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Turn ignition off.

Remove the Transmission pan.
Disconnect the Governor Pressure Sensor/Transmission Temperature Sensor connector.
Note: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary
Measure the resistance of the Transmission Temperature Sensor.
Note: Acceptable Sensor Resistance Ranges in OHMS
Sensor Temperature Minimum Maximum
-40C (-40F) 1094 1176
0C (32F) 1587 1672
25C (77F) 1960 2040
70C (158F) 2709 2860
100C (212F) 3284 3500
120C (120F) 3684 3950
150C (302F) 4110 4450
Is the resistance within the specified range when the sensor is at the given
temperature?
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Replace the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor in accordance with the Service Information.
MAP, ECT, and Load.
NOTE: Refer to any Technical Service Bulletins that may apply.
Yes
No
Test Complete.
315
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P0712-TRANS TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO LOW

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This code will set if the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit
voltage goes below 1.55 volts for 2.2 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
TRANS TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
TRANS TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND INSIDE TRANS
5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO THE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT INSIDE TRANS
TRANS TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND INSIDE TRANS
TRANS TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORTED TO THE SENSOR GROUND CKT INSIDE
TRANS
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB, read DTCs.
Is the Specific Good Trip Counter for P0712 displayed and equal to 0?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
12

Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the 5-volt Supply circuit in the
Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the 5-volt Supply circuit for a short to ground.

316
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between the 5-volt Supply circuit and the Sensor Ground
circuit in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the 5-volt Supply circuit for a short to the Sensor Ground
circuit.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Temperature Sensor
Signal circuit in the of the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for a

short to ground.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Measure the resistance between the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit
and Sensor Ground circuit in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No

short to the Sensor Ground circuit.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Remove the transmission oil pan.
Disconnect the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the 5-volt Supply circuit at the Governor
Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Transmission Solenoid Assembly in accordance with

the Service Information.
317
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

circuit in the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Go To
No


-40C (-40F) 1094 1176
0C (32F) 1587 1672
25C (77F) 1960 2040
70C (158F) 2709 2860
100C (212F) 3284 3500
120C (120F) 3684 3950
150C (302F) 4110 4450
Is the resistance below the minimum specification for the sensor temperature?
Yes
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Temperature Sensor
Signal circuit at the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor connector.
Yes
Go To
No

10
318
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
10

and Sensor Ground circuit at the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature
Sensor connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
11
Yes
Go To
No

11
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Repair
12
MAP, ECT, and Load.
Yes
No
Test Complete.
319
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P0713-TRANS TEMP SENSOR VOLTAGE TOO HIGH

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This code will set if the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit
voltage goes above 3.76 volts for 2.2 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANS TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
TRANS TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
TRANS TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANS TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE INSIDE TRANS
TRANS TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT INSIDE
TRANS
TRANS TEMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN INSIDE TRANS
5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN INSIDE TRANS
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INSIDE TRANS
PCM - TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
14
320
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC.
Connect a jumper wire between Transmission Control Relay cavity 30 and cavity 87.
Measure the voltage of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit in the
PCM C2 harness connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes

short to voltage.
No
Go To

Disconnect the PCM C1 and C2 harness connectors.
and the 5-volt Supply circuit in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness
connector.
Yes
Go To
No

short to the 5-volt Supply circuit.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Measure the resistance of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit
between the PCM C2 harness connector and the Transmission Solenoid Assembly
harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit for

an open.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Measure the resistance of the 5-volt Supply circuit between the PCM C2 harness
connector and the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the 5-volt Supply circuit for an open.

321
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the PCM C1 harness
connector and the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Go To
No


Note: The Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector must be
connected before proceeding.
Measure the voltage of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit in the
Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor connector.
Yes

No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

and 5-volt Supply circuit in the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature
Sensor connector.
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Disconnect the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Measure the resistance of the Transmission Temperature Sensor Signal circuit
between the Transmission Solenoid Assembly connector (transmission side) and the
Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor connector.
Yes
Go To
No

10
322
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
10

Measure the resistance of the 5-volt Supply circuit between the Transmission
Solenoid Assembly connector (transmission side) and Governor Pressure/
Transmission Temperature Sensor connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
11
12
13
Yes
Go To
No

11

Measure the resistance of the Sensor Ground circuit between the Transmission
Solenoid Assembly connector (transmission side) and the Governor Pressure/
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
12

-40C (-40F) 1094 1176
0C (32F) 1587 1672
25C (77F) 1960 2040
70C (158F) 2709 2860
100C (212F) 3284 3500
120C (120F) 3684 3950
150C (302F) 4110 4450
Is the resistance above the maximum specification for the sensor temperature?
Yes
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
13

Repair
323
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
14
MAP, ECT, and Load.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
No
Test Complete.
324
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P0720-LOW OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR - RPM ABOVE 15 MPH

When Monitored: Continuously with the key on, engine running, and gear selector NOT
in park or neutral.
Set Condition: This code will set if the vehicle speed (from the CAB module) is above 24
kmh (15 MPH), and the Output Shaft Speed sensor is below 60 RPM for 2.6 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH DTC PRESENT
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
PCM - OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
11

With the DRBIIIt, read the Powertrain Control Module DTCs.
Are there any Park/Neutral Position Switch DTCs present?
Yes
Repair the Park/Neutral Position Switch DTCs before proceeding.

No
Go To
325
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Turn the ignition off to the lock position.

Disconnect the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
NOTE: Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary
Measure the resistance of the Output Speed Sensor ground circuit between the PCM
harness connector and the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Output Speed Sensor negative ground circuit for an

open.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Output Speed Sensor ground circuit.
Yes
Repair the Output Speed Sensor ground circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Measure the resistance between ground and the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit.
Yes
Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal Positive circuit for a short
to ground.
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Measure the resistance of the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit between the PCM
harness connector and the Output Speed Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Output Speed Sensor Signal circuit for an open.

326
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the voltage of the Output Speed Sensor ground circuit in the Output Speed
Is there any voltage present?
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
10
Yes
Repair the output speed sensor ground (-) circuit for a short to
voltage.
No
Go To

Measure the voltage of the Output Speed sensor Signal circuit in the Output Speed
Is there any voltage present?
Yes
Repair the output speed sensor signal (+) circuit for a short to
voltage.
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Measure the resistance between the terminals of the Output Speed Sensor.
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the Output Speed Sensor in accordance with the Service

Information.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
10

Repair
327
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
11
MAP, ECT, and Load.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
No
Test Complete.
328
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P0740-TORQ CONV CLU, NO RPM DROP AT LOCKUP

When Monitored:
Continuously with the key on.
Set Condition: This code wills set if the Torque Convertor Clutch (TCC) cannot achieve
the desired drop in engine RPM when the TCC solenoid is near the maximum duty cycle.
Two trips of three consecutive bad tests are required to set the code. (Vehicle not in low
range)
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECK FOR MISFIRE CODES
INTERMITTENT TCC SOLENOID
CHECK THE TRANS FLUID LEVEL AND CONDITION
INPUT SHAFT SEALS
INTERNAL PROBLEM OR TCC SOLENOID
OIL PUMP/SHAFT/SEALS
TORQUE CONVERTER
VALVE BODY
TEST
1
ACTION
Is the Good Trip counter for P0740 displayed and Equal to 0?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
12
329
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
TEST
2
ACTION
Are any of the following DTCs present?
Continued
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
P0122
Test Complete.
P0123
Test Complete.
P0743
Test Complete.
P1696
Test Complete.
P0320
Test Complete.
Misfire codes?
Go To
Go To
No
3
Turn ignition on.

Are any Misfire codes present?
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Repair all Misfire codes before proceeding.

No
Test Complete.
Check the transmission fluid level and condition per the service information.
Is fluid level OK and clear of contamination?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the fluid level and condition as necessary.

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

With the DRBIIIt, perform the TCC System test.
Did the engine stall?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Start engine.
With the DRBIIIt, perform the Gov and 3-4 Shift Valve System Test.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
330
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Replace the TCC Solenoid (part of the Transmission Solenoid Assembly) in accordance with the Service Information.
Perform the Gov and 3-4 Shift Valve System Test.
With the DRBIIIt, select 4th gear.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
10
11
Yes
Repair the internal transmission problem in accordance with the

Service Information. Check for blocked passage(s).
No
Test Complete.

Remove the transmission oil pump and inspect the reaction shaft, input shaft and
input shaft seals.
Are any of the parts worn or damaged?
Yes
Repair or replace the parts as necessary. Replace the Torque

Converter.
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
12
Turn ignition off.

Connect a pressure gauge to the transmission cooler out port with a 9T9 connector
Start engine.
With the DRB, perform the TCC System test.
Monitor the gauge pressure while performing the TCC System test.
Did the cooler out pressure increase when the TCC was actuated?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the valve body in accordance with the Service Information.

Check for a blockage or leak in the TCC hydraulic circuit.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
10
Turn ignition off.

Remove the transmission oil pump and inspect the reaction shaft, input shaft and
input shaft seals.
Are any of the parts damaged or worn?
Yes
Repair or replace worn or damaged parts as necessary in accordance with the Service Information and replace the Torque
Converter.
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
11

Repair
Replace the Torque Converter.
331
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
12
MAP, ECT, and Load.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
No
Test Complete.
332
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P0743-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID/TRANS RELAY
CIRCUITS

P0743-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID/TRANS RELAY CIRCUITS
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This code will set if the voltage detected on the Torque Converter Clutch
Solenoid Control circuit at the PCM is different than the expected voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
P1765 DTC PRESENT
INTERMITTENT - TCC SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
TCC SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
TCC SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN INTERNAL
TCC SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TCC SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INTERNAL
TRANSMISSION RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
TCC SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TCC SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SOLENOID CIRCUITS INTERNAL
TCC SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO OTHER CIRCUITS
TCC SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO OTHER CIRCUITS INTERNAL
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY - POOR CONTACTS
PCM - TCC SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
18
333
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
P0743-TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID/TRANS RELAY CIRCUITS Continued
TEST
2
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read Transmission DTCs.
Is the DTC P1765 present?
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Perform diagnostics on P1765 TRANS 12 VOLT SUPPLY RELAY

CTRL CIRCUIT first before proceeding.
No
Go To

Are DTCs, P0743, P0748 and P0753 present?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Yes

No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Remove the Transmission Control Relay.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused B+ circuit in the
Transmission Control Relay connector.
NOTE: The light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to being
connected directly to the battery.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. If the fuse is open make
sure to check for a short to ground or excessive resistance in the
Fused B+ circuit and repair as necessary.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Transmission Relay Control
Output circuit.
Yes
Repair the Transmission Relay Output circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
334
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Transmission Relay Output circuit and the
Fused B+ in the Transmission Relay connector.
Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused Transmission Relay
Control Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
NOTE: The light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to being
connected directly to the battery.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
10
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for

an open. If the fuse is open make sure to check for a short to
ground or excessive resistance in the Fused Transmission Relay
Output circuit and repair as necessary.

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Relay Control
Output circuit in the Fused Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Yes
Replace the Transmission Control Relay.

No
Test Complete.

Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connectors.
Check connectors - Clean/repair as necessary.
Measure the resistance of the TCC Solenoid Control circuit between the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the TCC Solenoid Control circuit for an open.

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
10

Measure the resistance between ground and the TCC Solenoid Control circuit in the
Yes
Repair the TCC Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.

No
Go To
11
335
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
TEST
11
12
13
14
ACTION
Measure the voltage of the TCC Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes
Repair the TCC Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.

No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
12

Measure the resistance between the TCC Solenoid Control circuit and all other
circuits in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Is the resistance between the TCC Solenoid Control circuit and any other circuit
below 100 kohms?
Yes
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
13

Measure the resistance of the TCC Solenoid Control circuit between the PCM
harness connector and the Fused Transmission Control Relay Output circuit connector.
Is the resistance between 25.0 ohms and 60.0 ohms
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
14

Measure the resistance between the TCC Solenoid Control circuit and ground.
Yes
Repair or Replace the Transmission Solenoid Assembly for a short

to ground.
No
Go To
15
336
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
15

NOTE: Resistance between the TCC Solenoid Control circuit and the
Governor Pressure Solenoid Control circuit should be 28 to 68 ohms.
Measure the resistance between the TCC Solenoid Control circuit and the Governor
Pressure Solenoid Control circuit in the PCM harness connector.
NOTE: Resistance between the TCC Solenoid Control circuit and the 3-4
Shift Solenoid Control circuit should be 50 to 120 ohms.
Measure the resistance between the TCC Solenoid Control circuit and the 3-4 shift
Solenoid Control circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Is the resistance of both measurements within the specified ranges?
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
16
17
Yes
Go To
No

16

NOTE: Resistance between the TCC Solenoid circuit and the circuits below
should be above 100 kohms.
Measure the resistance between the Transmission TCC Solenoid Control circuit and
the...
*Sensor Ground circuit in the C2 PCM harness connector.
*Transmission Temp Sensor Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
*Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
*Transmission 5-volt Supply circuit in the C2 PCM harness connector.
Are the resistance values, to any of the listed circuits, below 100 kohms?
Yes

No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
17
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Repair
18
MAP, ECT, and Load.
NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness. Look for any chafed,
pierced, pinched, broken, bent, pushed out, corroded terminals, or partially
broken wires.
NOTE: Refer to any technical service bulletins that may apply.
Yes
No
Test Complete.
337
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P0748-PRESSURE SOL CONTROL/TRANS RELAY CIRCUITS

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This code will set if the voltage detected on the Governor Pressure
Solenoid Control circuit at the PCM is different than the expected voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
P1765 DTC PRESENT
INTERMITTENT GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID
TRANSMISSION RELAY OUTPUT
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN INTERNAL
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INTERNAL
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SOLENOID CIRCUITS INTERNAL
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO OTHER CIRCUITS
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO OTHER CIRCUITS INTERNAL
PCM - GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
18
338
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
TEST
2
ACTION
Continued
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Perform diagnostics on P1765 TRANS 12-VOLT SUPPLY RELAY

No
Go To

Are DTCs P0743, P0748 and P0753 present?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Transmission Control Relay
Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Yes

No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

NOTE: The light must illuminate brightly, if it does not light, or lights dimly,
the circuit must be repaired. If there is any doubt, compare the brightness
when testing the circuit, to the brightness when connected directly to the
battery positive post.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. If the fuse is open, make
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Relay Control Output
circuit.
Yes
Repair the Transmission Relay Output circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
339
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Transmission Relay Output circuit and
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
10
Yes
Go To
No

an open. If the Fuse is open, make sure to check for a short to
ground or excessive resistance in the Fused Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit and repair as necessary.

Connect a jumper wire between the Transmission Relay Output circuit and the Fused
B+ circuit in the Transmission Relay connector.
Yes

No
Test Complete.

Measure the resistance of the Governor Pressure Solenoid Control circuit between
the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector and the PCM harness
connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Governor Pressure Solenoid Control circuit for an

open.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
10

Measure the resistance between ground and the Governor Pressure Solenoid Control
circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Repair the Governor Pressure Solenoid Control circuit for a short

to ground.
No
Go To
11
340
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
TEST
11
12
13
14
ACTION
Measure the voltage of the Governor Pressure Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes
Repair the Governor Solenoid Control circuit for a short to

voltage.
No
Go To
Continued
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
12

Measure the resistance between the Governor Pressure Solenoid Control circuit and
all other circuits in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Is the resistance below 100 kohms between any two circuits?
Yes
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
13

Measure the resistance of the Governor Pressure Solenoid Control circuit between
the PCM harness connector and the Transmission Control Relay Output circuit
connector.
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
14

ground.
Yes

to ground.
No
Go To
15
341
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
15

NOTE: Resistance between the Governor Pressure Solenoid Control circuit
and the listed circuits should be 28 to 68 ohms.
the...
* TCC Solenoid Control circuit in the PCM harness connector.
* 3-4 shift Solenoid Control circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Is the resistance of both measurements within the range of 28 to 68 ohms?
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
16
17
Yes
Go To
No
Replace Transmission Solenoid Assembly per Service Information.

16

NOTE: Resistance between the Governor Pressure Solenoid circuit and the
listed circuits should not be below 100 kohms.
the...
* Transmission 5-volt supply circuit in the C2 PCM harness connector.
* Sensor Ground circuit in the C2 PCM harness connector.
* Transmission Temp Sensor Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
* Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Are the resistance values for any of the above listed circuits below 100 kohms?
Yes
Replace Transmission Solenoid Assembly per Service Information.

No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
17
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Repair
18
MAP, ECT, and Load.
broken wires.
Yes
No
Test Complete.
342
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P0751-O/D SWITCH PRESSED (LO) MORE THAN 5 MINUTES

When Monitored: The engine must have been running for a minimum of 10 seconds. The
test for this code is executed every 440ms.
Set Condition: This code will set if the Overdrive Off switch is held low for 5 minutes or
more from the time of switch closure or ignition on.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT O/D OFF SWITCH
O/D OFF SWITCH SENSE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
OVERDRIVE OFF SWITCH
PCM - O/D OFF
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Disconnect the O/D Off Switch harness connector.
Measure the resistance between ground and the O/D off switch sense circuit in the
Yes
Repair the O/D OFF switch sense circuit for a short to ground.
No
Go To
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Measure the resistance between ground and the O/D off switch sense circuit in the
PCM C3 harness connector.
Press the O/D Off switch button.
Does the resistance change from above 5.0 ohms to below 5.0 ohms while pressing the
O/D Off Switch?
Yes
Go To
No
Replace the O/D Off Switch in accordance with the Service

Information.
343
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
TEST
4
ACTION
Continued
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Repair
5
MAP, ECT, and Load.
Yes
No
Test Complete.
344
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P0753-TRANS 3-4 SHIFT SOL/TRANS RELAY CIRCUITS

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This code will set if the voltage detected on the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control
circuit at the PCM is different than the expected voltage.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
P1765 DTC PRESENT
INTERMITTENT - 3-4 SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT
TRANSMISSION RELAY CONTROL OUTPUT
3-4 SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
3-4 SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN INTERNAL
3-4 SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND
3-4 SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO GROUND INTERNAL
3-4 SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
3-4 SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO SOLENOID CIRCUITS INTERNAL
3-4 SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO OTHER CIRCUITS
3-4 SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORT TO OTHER CIRCUITS INTERNAL
PCM - 3-4 SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL CIRCUIT
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
18

APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Perform diagnostics on P1765 TRANS 12 VOLT SUPPLY RELAY

No
Go To
3
345
TRANSMISSION
TEST
3
ACTION
Are DTCs, P0743, P0748 and P0753 present?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Continued
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Fused Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Yes

No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

NOTE: The test light must illuminate brightly. Compare the brightness to
when connected directly to the battery.
Does the light illuminate brightly?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the Fused B+ circuit for an open. If the fuse is open make
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Turn ignition off to the lock position.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Fused Transmission Relay Control
Output circuit.
Yes
Repair the Fused Transmission Control Relay Output circuit for a

short to ground.
No
Go To
346
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Go To
No

an open. If the Fuse is open, make sure to check for a short to
ground or excessive resistance in the Fused Transmission Control
Relay Output circuit and repair as necessary.

Connect a jumper wire between the Fused Transmission Relay Output circuit and
Yes

No
Test Complete.

Measure the resistance of the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit between the
Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit for an open.

10
347
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
10

Measure the resistance between ground and the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit in
the PCM harness connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
11
12
13
Yes
Repair the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit for a short to ground.
No
Go To
11

Measure the voltage of the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit.
Yes
Repair the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit for a short to voltage.
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
12

Measure the resistance between the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit and all other
circuits in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Is the resistance between the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit and any other circuit
below 100 koh
Yes
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
13

Measure the resistance of the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit between the PCM
harness connector and the Fused Transmission Control Relay Output circuit connector.
Yes
Go To
No

14
348
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
14

Measure the resistance between the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit and ground.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
15
16
17
Yes

to ground.
No
Go To
15

NOTE: Resistance between the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit and the
Governor Pressure Solenoid Control circuit should be 28 to 68 ohms.
Measure the resistance between the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit and the
Governor Pressure Solenoid Control circuit in the PCM harness connector.
NOTE: Resistance between the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit and the
TCC Solenoid Control circuit should be 50 to 120 ohms.
Measure the resistance between the 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit and the TCC
Solenoid Control circuit in the PCM harness connector.
Is the resistance of both measurements within the specified ranges?
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
16

NOTE: Resistance between the 3-4 Shift Solenoid circuit and the circuits
below should be above 100 kohms.
Measure the resistance between the Transmission 3-4 Shift Solenoid Control circuit
and the...
*Sensor Ground circuit in the C2 PCM harness connector.
*Transmission Temp Sensor Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
*Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit in the PCM harness connector.
*Transmission 5-volt Supply circuit in the C2 PCM harness connector.
Are the resistance values, to any of the listed circuits, below 100 kohms?
Yes

No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
17

Repair
349
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
18
MAP, ECT, and Load.
broken wires.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
No
Test Complete.
350
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P0783-3-4 SHIFT SOL, NO RPM DROP AT LOCKUP

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This code will set if the expected engine RPM drop does not occur within
4 seconds of the gear change being requested by the PCM. Three consecutive bad tests are
required to set the code.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OTHER DTCS PRESENT
INTERMITTENT 3-4 SOLENOID
FLUID LEVEL AND CONDITION
TRANSMISSION
OIL BURNT OR OIL PAN HAS EXCESSIVE DEBRIS
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
351
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
TEST
2
Continued
ACTION
With the DRB, read DTCs.
Are any of the following DTCs present?
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
P-1765 Trans 12 V Supply Relay Ctrl Ckt

Refer to the appropriate symptom for diagnostics.
P-0743 TCC Solenoid/Trans Relay Ckt
P0753-Trans 3-4 Shift Sol/Relay Ckt
P-1899 Park/Neutral Stuck
P-0340 No Cam Signal at PCM
P-0121 TPS Does Not Agree with MAP
P-0122 TPS Low
P-0123 TPS High
No
3
Go To
Check Transmission fluid level, and condition of the transmission fluid for any
debris.
Is fluid level OK and clear of contamination?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the fluid level and condition as necessary.

352
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Connect a 0 - 2068 KPa (0 - 300 PSI) pressure gauge to the Overdrive Clutch test port.
Connect another 0 - 2068 KPa (0 - 300 PSI) pressure gauge to the Governor Pressure
test port.
Start the engine and allow the transmission temperature to rise to normal operating
temperature.
Caution: Apply the parking brake.
Place the gear selector in Drive.
While observing the pressure gauges, select 4th gear from Gov and 3-4 Shift Valve
Test with the DRBIIIt.
Note: The governor pressure should rise to above 138 KPa (20 PSI). Shortly
after this, the O/D pressure should rise to above 276 KPa (40 PSI).
Did the pressure act as described?
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Remove the transmission oil pan and inspect for excessive debris and burnt oil.
Is the oil burnt or does the transmission oil pan contain excessive debris?
Yes
Repair the internal transmission problem in accordance with the

No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Replace 3-4 Shift Solenoid.
Connect a 0 - 2068 KPa (0 - 300 PSI) pressure gauge to the Overdrive Clutch test port.
Connect another 0 - 2068 KPa (0 - 300 PSI) pressure gauge to the Governor Pressure
test port.
Start the engine and allow the transmission temperature to reach normal operating
temperature.
While observing the pressure gauges, actuate the 3-4 Shift Solenoid with the DRB.
Note: The governor pressure should rise to above 138 KPa (20 PSI). Shortly
after this, the O/D pressure should rise to above 276 KPa (40 PSI).
Did the pressure act as described?
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Overhaul the Transmission in accordance with the Service Information. Pay extra attention to Seals and Clutches related to the
OD Clutch.
353
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
MAP, ECT, and Load.
Note: The vehicle must be driven (road load) to set this code. Drive the
vehicle 4 times from 0 to 89 kmh (0 to 55 MPH) with a constant 20 % throttle
position through all gears. Stop the vehicle, shut the engine off and then
repeat the procedure.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
No
Test Complete.
354
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P1756-GOV PRESS NOT EQUAL TO TARGET @ 15-20 PSI

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This code will set if the gov press sensor output is < 103 KPa (15 PSI) or
> 207 KPa (30 PSI) when the requested pressure is 138-172 KPa (20-25 PSI) for 2.2
seconds. Two trips of five consecutive bad 2.2 second tests with sump temp 10-127C
(50-260F).
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OTHER TRANSMISSION DTCS
CHECK TRANS FLUID LEVEL AND CONDITION
GOV PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO GND
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO SENSOR GND
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
5 VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN INSIDE TRANS
GOV PRESS SENSOR GROUND CKT OPEN INSIDE TRANS
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CKT OPEN INSIDE TRANS
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO GND INSIDE TRANS
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO SENSOR GND INSIDE TRANS
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CKT SHORT TO VOLTAGE INSIDE TRANS
VALVE BODY
INTERNAL TRANSMISSION
PCM - 5 VOLT SUPPLY
PCM - GOV PRESSURE NOT EQUAL TO TARGET
355
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Note: The Transmission Control Relay may be removed during this test, this
will set other codes. They can be disregarded.
Is the Trip Counter for P1756 displayed and equal to 0?
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
26

Are any other transmission DTCs present?
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes

No
Go To
Start the engine.

Allow the transmission to reach normal operating temperature.
Check the transmission fluid level and condition. Refer to the Service information.
Is the fluid level correct and the fluid condition OK?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair as necessary the transmission fluid level and condition.

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Start engine.
Warm the engine to normal operating temperature.
With the DRBIIIt, read the governor pressure.
Caution: Apply the brakes.
Is the governor pressure above 21 KPa (3 PSI)?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
21

Install a pressure gauge at the governor pressure test port.
Start the engine.
Read the governor pressure on the gauge in Drive.
Is the governor pressure on the gauge below 34 KPa (5 PSI)?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
24
356
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the voltage of the 5 volt supply circuit at the Transmission Solenoid
Assembly harness connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
20

Measure the resistance of the governor pressure sensor signal circuit between the
Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector and the PCM C2 harness
connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the governor pressure sensor signal circuit for an open.

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Measure the resistance of the sensor ground circuit between the Transmission
Solenoid Assembly harness connector and the PCM C1 harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the sensor ground circuit for an open.

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Measure the resistance between ground and the governor pressure sensor signal
Yes
Repair the governor pressure sensor signal circuit for a short to

ground.
No
Go To
10
357
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
10

Measure the resistance of the governor pressure sensor signal circuit to the sensor
ground circuit in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
11
12
13
Yes

the sensor ground circuit.
No
Go To
11

Measure the voltage of the governor pressure sensor signal circuit in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Yes

voltage.
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
12

Measure the resistance of the 5 volt supply circuit between the Governor Pressure/
Transmission Temperature Sensor harness connector and the Transmission Solenoid
Assembly case connector.
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
13

Solenoid case connector and the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature
Yes
Go To
No

14
358
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
14

Transmission Solenoid Assembly case connector and the Governor Pressure/
Transmission Temperature Sensor harness connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
15
16
Yes
Go To
No

15

circuit in the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Yes

No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
16

Measure the resistance between the governor pressure sensor signal circuit and
sensor ground circuit in the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor
harness connector.
Yes

No
Go To
17
359
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
17

Measure the voltage of the governor pressure sensor signal circuit in the Governor
Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor harness connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
18
19
Yes

No
Go To
18
Place the gear selector in Neutral.

With the DRBIIIt, read the Governor Pressure Sensor voltage.
Measure the voltage of the governor pressure sensor signal circuit by back probing at
the PCM.
Compare the voltmeter reading of the governor pressure sensor signal circuit to the
DRBIIIt Governor Pressure Sensor voltage.
Start the engine.
Does the DRB Gov Press Sensor voltage match the governor pressure sensor voltage
on the voltmeter?
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
19
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Repair
Replace the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor
in accordance with the Service Information.
20

Measure the resistance of the 5 volt supply circuit between the Transmission
Yes

No
Repair the 5 volt supply circuit for an open.

360
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
21

Place the gear selector in Park.
Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt read the governor pressure.
With the engine still running, remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC.
Is the governor pressure on the DRB 276 - 379 KPa (40 - 55 PSI)?
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
22
23
Yes
Go To
22
No
Go To
23

Replace the Governor Pressure Solenoid in accordance with the Service Information.
With the DRB, monitor the target governor pressure and actual governor pressure.
Drive the vehicle at a constant speed 40 - 48 kmh (25 - 30 MPH).
Note: The actual governor pressure should be within 34 KPa (5 PSI) of the
target governor pressure with in 3 seconds.
Is the actual governor pressure within 34 KPa (5 PSI) of the target governor
pressure?
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Repair the internal transmission leakage problem in accordance

with the Service Information.

Place the gear selector in Park.
Start the engine.
With the engine still running, remove the Transmission Control Relay from the PDC.
Read the governor pressure on the gauge.
Is the governor pressure on the gauge 276 - 379 KPa (40 - 55 PSI)?
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
24
361
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
24

Remove the transmission oil pan and inspect for burnt oil and excessive debris.
Is the transmission oil burnt or does the transmission oil pan contain excessive
debris?
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
25
26
Yes
Repair the transmission in accordance with the Service Information.

No
Go To
25

Start the engine.
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Replace the valve body in accordance with the Service Information.

MAP, ECT, and Load.
Yes
No
Test Complete.
362
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P1757-GOV PRESS ABOVE 3 PSI IN GEAR WITH 0 MPH

When Monitored:
Continuously with the key on and engine running.
Set Condition: This code will set if the Governor Press Sensor output is > 21 KPa (3 PSI)
when requested pressure is 0 KPa (0 PSI) with Governor Press Solenoid Duty cycle at 95%
for 2.65 seconds. Two trips of two consecutive bad 2.65 second tests are required to set the
code.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OTHER TRANS DTCS PRESENT
VALVE BODY
PCM - 5 VOLT SUPPLY
363
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Note: You may be removing the Transmission Control Relay during this test,
this will set other codes. They can be disregarded.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
29

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes

No
Go To
Start the engine.

Check the transmission fluid level and condition.
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Start the engine.

With the DRBIIIt, read the governor pressure.
Is the governor pressure above 21 KPa (3 PSI)?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
29

Start the engine.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
27
364
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the voltage of the 5 volt supply circuit at the Transmission Solenoid
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
13

connector.
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Yes

ground.
No
Go To
10
365
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
10

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
11
12
13
Yes

No
Go To
11

Yes

voltage.
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
12

Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
19

connector.
Yes
Go To
No

14
366
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
14

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
15
16
17
Yes
Go To
No

15

Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
16

Yes

ground.
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
17

Yes

No
Go To
18
367
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
18

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
19
20
Yes

voltage.
No
Go To
19

Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
20

Solenoid Assembly case connector and the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No

21
368
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
21

Transmission Solenoid Assembly case connector and the Governor Pressure/
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
22
23
Yes
Go To
No

22

Yes

No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
23

harness connector.
Yes

No
Go To
24
369
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
24

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
25
26
Yes

No
Go To
25
Start the engine.

the PCM.
DRB Governor Pressure Sensor voltage.
Does the DRB Gov Press Sensor voltage match the governor pressure sensor voltage
on the voltmeter?
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
26
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Repair
27

Remove the transmission oil pan and inspect for burnt oil and excessive debris.
Is the transmission oil burnt or does the transmission oil pan contain excessive
debris?
Yes
Repair the transmission in accordance with the Service Information.

No
Go To
28
370
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
28

Start the engine.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
29
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Replace the valve body in accordance with the Service Information.

MAP, ECT, and Load.
Yes
No
Test Complete.
371
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P1762-GOV PRESS SEN OFFSET VOLTS TOO LO OR HIGH

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This code will set if the governor pressure is out of range in park or neutral
for 1.3 seconds for three consecutive bad 3.0 second tests and sump temp > 10C (50F) and
< 127C (260F) are required to set the code.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE - 5-VOLT SUPPLY HIGH
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE - AFTER 5-VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE - AFTER 5-VOLT SUPPLY SHORTED TO VOLTAGE IN
TRANS
REPAIR THE 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT AND CHECK THE PCM
REPLACE THE TRANS SOLENOID ASSEMBLY AND CHECK THE PCM
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE - INTERNAL FAULT
5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN
CHECK FOR OTHER TRANS DTCS
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE INSIDE TRANS
CHECK FOR P/N POSITION SWITCH DTCS
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO VOLTAGE
5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT INSIDE TRANS
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GND
5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT OPEN INSIDE TRANS
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GND
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND INSIDE TRANS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE - 5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT LOW
372
TRANSMISSION
Continued
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION LINE PRESSURE LOW
GOV PRESS SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GND INSIDE TRANS
5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT OPEN INSIDE TRANS
5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND INSIDE TRANS
5-VOLT SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORTED TO SENSOR GROUND INSIDE TRANS
SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT OPEN INSIDE TRANS
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRBIIIt, read PCM DTCs.
Is the Good Trip counter for P1762 DTC displayed and equal to 0?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
34
Start the engine.

Check the transmission fluid level and condition.
Yes
Go To
No

APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Yes

No
Go To

Are any Park/Neutral Position Switch DTCs present?
Yes
Repair the Park/Neutral Position Switch DTC(s) before proceeding.

No
Go To
373
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
CAUTION: Apply the parking brake.

Start the engine.
With the DRBIIIt, read the governor pressure voltage.
Measure the voltage of the Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit by back probing
at the PCM.
Compare the voltmeter reading of the Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit to the
DRB Governor Pressure Sensor voltage.
Does the DRBIIIt Gov Press Sensor voltage match the governor pressure sensor
voltage on the voltmete
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Go To
No

Measure the voltage of the 5-volt Supply circuit in the Transmission Solenoid
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Between 4.8 and 5.5 volts

Go To 7
Above
Go To
28
Go To
30
Below
7

Measure the voltage of the Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Yes
Repair the Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for a short to

voltage.
No
Go To
374
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Measure the resistance between the Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit and the
5-volt Supply circuit in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
10
11
Yes
Go To
No

the 5-volt Supply circuit.

Measure the resistance between ground and the Governor Pressure Sensor Signal
Yes
Go To
No

ground.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
10

Measure the resistance between the Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit and the
Sensor Ground circuit in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No

the Sensor Ground circuit.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
11

Measure the resistance of the Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit between the
Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
Yes
Repair the Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit for an open.

No
Go To
12
375
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
12

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
13
14
Yes
Go To
No

13

NOTE: All harness connectors must be connected before proceeding.
Place the vehicle on a hoist that will allow all 4 wheels to rotate freely.
WARNING: BE SURE TO KEEP HANDS AND FEET CLEAR OF ROTATING
WHEELS.
Connect a 700 kPa (100 PSI) transmission pressure gauge to the accumulator test
port.
Start the engine.
Check the transmission line pressure by performing the Hydraulic Pressure Test in
Was the transmission line pressure within specification?
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the transmission line pressure as necessary. Refer to the

Service Information for repair procedures.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
14

CAUTION: Ensure all 4 wheels do not touch the ground.
WARNING: BE SURE TO KEEP HANDS AND FEET CLEAR OF ROTATING
WHEELS.
Connect a 700 kPa (100 PSI) transmission pressure gauge to the governor pressure
test port.
Start the engine.
Place the gear selector lever in Low (1).
Compare the DRBIIIt Governor Pressure Sensor reading with the pressure gauge
reading while slowly increasing vehicle speed to 40 km/h (25 MPH).
Does the DRBIIIt governor pressure reading match the pressure gauge reading at all
speeds?
Yes
Go To
15
No
Go To
16
376
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
15

Connect a 700 kPa (100 PSI) transmission pressure gauge to the governor pressure
test port.
Start the engine.
WARNING: Ensure all 4 wheels do not touch the ground.
Place the gear selector lever in Neutral with the wheels not turning and observe the
pressure gauge.
NOTE: The pressure gauge should read less than 20.6 kPa (3 PSI).
Bring the vehicle speed slowly to 40 km/h (25 MPH) and observe the pressure gauge
again.
NOTE: The pressure gauge should read 110-165 kPa (16-24 PSI).
Are both pressure gauge readings what they are supposed to be?
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
16
17
Yes
No
Replace the Governor Pressure Solenoid (part of the Transmission Solenoid Assembly) in accordance with the Service Information.

Measure the voltage between ground and the 5-volt Supply circuit in the Governor
Yes
Go To
17
No
Go To
18

Replace the Transmission Solenoid Assembly in accordance with the Service Information.
Reconnect all harness connectors except the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor connector.
Measure the voltage of the 5-volt Supply circuit in the Governor Pressure/
Is the voltage between 4.8 volts and 5.5 volts?
Yes
The repair is complete.

No
377
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
18

Measure the voltage of the Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit in the Governor
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
19
20
21
Yes

No
Go To
19

Measure the resistance between the Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit and
5-volt Supply circuit in the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor
connector.
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
20

Measure the resistance of the Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit between the
Transmission Solenoid Assembly connector (transmission side) and the Governor
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
21

Measure the resistance between ground and the Governor Pressure Sensor Signal
Yes
Go To
No

22
378
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
22

Measure the resistance between the Governor Pressure Sensor Signal circuit and
Sensor Ground circuit in the Governor Pressure/Transmission Temperature Sensor
connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
23
24
25
Yes
Go To
No

23

Measure the resistance of the 5-volt Supply circuit between the Governor Pressure/
Transmission Temperature Sensor connector and the Transmission Solenoid Assembly connector (transmission side).
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
24

Measure the resistance between ground and the 5-volt Supply circuit in the Governor
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
25

Yes
Go To
No

26
379
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
26

Solenoid Assembly connector (transmission side) and the Governor Pressure/
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
27
Yes
Go To
No

27
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Repair
28
29

Measure the voltage between ground and the 5-volt Supply circuit in the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Yes
Test Complete.
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
29

Repair the 5-volt Supply circuit for a short to voltage.
Reconnect all harness connectors except the Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Measure the voltage of the 5-volt Supply circuit in the Transmission Solenoid
Yes
The repair is complete.

No
380
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
30

Measure the resistance of the 5-volt Supply circuit between the Transmission
Solenoid Assembly harness connector and the PCM harness connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
31
32
33
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the 5-volt Supply circuit for an open.

31

Measure the resistance between ground and the 5-volt Supply circuit in the
Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the 5-volt Supply circuit for a short to ground.

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
32

Yes
Go To
No
Repair the 5-volt Supply circuit for a short to the Sensor Ground
circuit.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
33

Repair
381
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
34

With the engine running and at normal operating temperature, monitor the DRBIIIt
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Repair as necessary
No
Test Complete.
382
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P1763-GOVERNOR PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO HI

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This code will set when the voltage from the governor pressure sensor is
above 4.89 volts for 8.5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OTHER TRANSMISSION DTCS PRESENT
PARK NEUTRAL DTCS PRESENT
TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL AND CONDITION
INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SENSOR (HIGH)
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
15

APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes

No
Go To
383
TRANSMISSION
TEST
3
ACTION
Are any Park/Neutral Position Switch codes present?
Yes

No
Go To
Continued
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Start the engine.

Check the fluid level and condition.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the transmission fluid level and condition as necessary.

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

connector.
Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Yes
Go To
No

384
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
10
Yes

voltage.
No
Go To

Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
10

Transmission Solenoid Assembly harness connector and the Governor Pressure/
Yes
Go To
No

11
385
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
11

Solenoid Assembly harness connector and the Governor Pressure/Transmission
Temperature Sensor harness connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
12
13
14
Yes
Go To
No

12

Yes

No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
13
Start the engine.

CAUTION: Set the parking brake.
With the DRBIIIt, read the governor pressure voltage.
the PCM.
Does the DRBIIIt Gov Press Sensor voltage match the governor pressure sensor
voltage on the voltmete
Yes
Go To
No
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
14

Repair
386
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
15
MAP, ECT, and Load.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
No
Test Complete.
387
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P1764-GOVERNOR PRESSURE SENSOR VOLTS TOO LOW

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This code will set if the voltage from the Governor Pressure Sensor is
below .10 volt for 8.5 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
OTHER TRANSMISSION DTCS PRESENT
PARK NEUTRAL DTCS PRESENT
INTERMITTENT PROBLEM
TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL AND CONDITION
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SENSOR (LOW)
TEST
1
ACTION
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
13

APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes

No
Go To
388
TRANSMISSION
TEST
3
ACTION
Are any Park/Neutral Position Switch codes present?
Yes

No
Go To
Continued
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Start the engine.

Check the fluid level and condition.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the transmission fluid level and condition as necessary.

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Yes
Go To
No

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Yes

ground.
No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Yes

No
Go To
389
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
10
11
Yes
Go To
No


Yes

No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
10

harness connector.
Yes

No
Go To
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
11
Start the engine.

the PCM.
Does the DRBIIIt Gov Press Sensor voltage match the Gov Press Sensor voltage on
the voltmeter?
Yes
Go To
No
12
390
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
TEST
12
ACTION
Continued
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Repair
13
MAP, ECT, and Load.
Yes
No
Test Complete.
391
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
P1765-TRANS 12 VOLT SUPPLY RELAY CTRL CIRCUIT

When Monitored:
Set Condition: This code will set if the voltage detected on the Transmission Relay
Control circuit at the PCM is different than the expected voltage for 3 seconds.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY
INTERMITTENT TRANS 12 VOLT SUPPLY RELAY
GENERATOR SOURCE CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
TRANSMISSION RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT OPEN
TRANSMISSION RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT SHORTED TO GROUND
PCM - TRANS RELAY
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB IIIt, read the PCM DTCs.
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

With the DRBIIIt, actuate the Transmission Control Relay.
Is the Transmission Control Relay clicking?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Install a substitute relay in place of the Transmission Control Relay.
With the DRBIIIt, erase trouble codes.
Start the engine.
Does the DRBIIIt display the P1765 DTC?
Yes
Go To
No

392
APPLICABILITY
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Using a 12-volt test light connected to ground, check the Generator Source circuit in
the Transmission Control Relay connector.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the generator source circuit for an open.


Measure the resistance between ground and the Generator Source circuit in the
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the generator source circuit for a short to ground.

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Measure the resistance of the Transmission Control Relay Control circuit between
the Transmission Control Relay connector and the PCM C2 harness connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the transmission control relay control circuit for an open.

without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Measure the resistance between ground and the Transmission Control Relay Control
circuit in the Transmission Control Relay connector.
Yes
Go To
No
Repair the transmission control relay control circuit for a short to

ground.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS

Repair
393
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
TRANSMISSION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
MAP, ECT, and Load.
without 45RFE
AUTO TRANS
Yes
No
Test Complete.
394
TRANSMISSION
Symptom:
*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING AND CONNECTORS
BACKUP SUPPLY CIRCUIT SHORT TO VOLTAGE
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

Firmly apply brakes.
Place the Shift Lever in the position which causes the Backup Lamps to come on at
the wrong time.
Do the Backup Lamps come while the shifter is not in Reverse?
45RFE AUTO
TRANS
Yes
Go To
No
Go To

Place the shift lever in a position that causes the Backup Lamps to come on when
they should not.
Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid /TRS harness connector.
NOTE: This will cause a DTC P0705 and possibly other DTCs to be stored in
the TCM. They must be erased before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Did the Backup Lamps go out when the connector was disconnected?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
45RFE AUTO
TRANS
45RFE AUTO
TRANS
Repair
Replace Transmission Solenoid/TRS Assembly as required.
Perform 45RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER
1.
4

Disconnect the Transmission Solenoid/TRS connector.
Measure the voltage of the Backup Light Supply circuit in the Solenoid/TRS harness
connector.
Yes
Repair the Backup Lights Supply circuit for a short to voltage.

1.
No
Test Complete.
395
45RFE AUTO
TRANS
TRANSMISSION
*CHECKING PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH OPERATION
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
The conditions necessary to set this DTC are not present at this time. Using the
schematics as a guide, inspect the wiring and connectors specific to this circuit.
Wiggle the wires while checking for shorts and open circuits.
Were there any problems found?
45RFE AUTO
TRANS
Yes
1.
No
Test Complete.
396
Symptom List:
ANTENNA FAILURE
COP FAILURE
EEPROM FAILURE
INTERNAL FAULT
RAM FAILURE
SERIAL LINK INTERNAL FAULT
STACK OVERFLOW FAILURE
Test Note:
The title for the tests will be ANTENNA FAILURE.

ANTENNA FAILURE
When Monitored:
Every 250 milliseconds with the ignition on.
Set Condition: The SKIMs microcontroller determines that an antenna circuit fault has
occurred for 2.0 consecutive seconds.
COP FAILURE
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The COP timer is not reset by the microcontroller every 65.5 milliseconds
EEPROM FAILURE
When Monitored:
Set Condition: When the value written to EEPROM memory does not equal the value
read back after the write operation.
INTERNAL FAULT
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The SKIM has detected a fault during an internal self test.
RAM FAILURE
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The RAM fails a test that checks the RAMs ability to retain memory.
SERIAL LINK INTERNAL FAULT

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The SKIM fails an internal J1850 communication self test.
STACK OVERFLOW FAILURE

When Monitored:
Set Condition:
The microcontroller has exceeded its stack space limit.

397
ANTENNA FAILURE
Continued
POSSIBLE CAUSES
SKIM INTERNAL DTC FAILURE

TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
Note: This trouble code indicates an internal SKIM fault.

With the DRB III, read and record the SKIM DTCs and then erase the SKIM DTCs
Perform 10 ignition key cycles, leaving the ignition key on for a minimum of 90
seconds per cycle.
With the DRB III, read the SKIM DTCs.
Did the same SKIM DTC return?
All
Yes
Replace and program the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in

No
Test Complete.
398
Symptom List:
PCM STATUS FAILURE
SERIAL LINK EXTERNAL FAULT
Test Note:
The title for the tests will be PCM STATUS FAILURE.

PCM STATUS FAILURE
When Monitored:
Set Condition: This DTC exists when a PCM STATUS message was not received from the
PCM for at least 20.0 consecutive seconds.
SERIAL LINK EXTERNAL FAULT
When Monitored: At ignition on, after ignition on during any rolling code handshake that
occurs with the PCM due to a SKIM reset, or during SECRET KEY transfers to the PCM.
Set Condition: When the SKIM does not receive an expected PCI BUS message transmission acknowledgement from the PCM after 3 transmit attempts.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
INTERMITTENT WIRING HARNESS PROBLEM
WIRING HARNESS INSPECTION
SKIM/PCM
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Ensure the PCM has proper power and ground connections before
continuing.
With the DRB III, read and record the SKIM DTCs then erase the SKIM DTCs.
Wait 2 minutes.
Does the DRB III display the DTC that was previously erased?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
399
PCM STATUS FAILURE
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY

NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness and CCD/PCI Bus
(whichever applicable) circuits. Look for any chafed, pierced, pinched, or
NOTE: Visually inspect the related wiring harness connectors. Look for
All
Yes
No
Go To
NOTE: Before proceeding it will be necessary to obtain the SKIM PIN

number.
With the DRB III, display and erase all PCM and SKIM DTCs.
Perform 5 ignition key cycles, leaving the ignition key on for a minimum of 90 seconds
per cycle.
Does the code appear?
Yes
No
Test Complete.

Yes

No
Test Complete.
400
All
All
Symptom List:
ROLLING CODE FAILURE
VIN MISMATCH
Test Note:
The title for the tests will be ROLLING CODE FAILURE.

When Monitored: At ignition on, after ignition on during any rolling code handshake that
occurs with the PCM due to a SKIM or PCM reset.
Set Condition: When a PCM STATUS message with a Valid Key status is not received by
the SKIM within 3.5 seconds of transmitting the last Valid Key Code message to the PCM.
VIN MISMATCH
When Monitored:
Set Condition: When the VIN received from the PCM does not match the VIN stored in
the SKIMs EEPROM.
POSSIBLE CAUSES
VERIFYING PCM VIN
PCM
TEST
1
ACTION
With the DRB III, erase the SKIM DTCs.
Wait 10 seconds.
Turn the ignition on and wait 2 minutes.
Does the DRB III display the DTC that was previously erased?
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
401
APPLICABILITY
All
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
NOTE: Ensure that a VIN has been programmed into the PCM. If a VIN is not
displayed, attempt to program the PCM with the correct vehicle VIN before
continuing.
With the DRB III, select Engine system from the main menu.
Display and record the Vehicle Identification Number.
Does the VIN recorded from the PCM match the VIN of the vehicle?
All
Yes
Go To
No

Replace and program the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in accordance with the
With the DRB III, display and clear all PCM and SKIM DTCs.
Perform 5 ignition key cycles leaving the ignition key on for 90 seconds per cycle.
With the DRB III, check for SKIM DTCs.
Does the DRB III display the same DTC?
Yes
No
Test Complete.

Yes

No
Test Complete.
402
All
All
Symptom List:
TRANSPONDER
TRANSPONDER
TRANSPONDER
TRANSPONDER
Test Note:
COMMUNICATION FAILURE
CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK (CRC) FAILURE
ID MISMATCH
RESPONSE MISMATCH
The title for the tests will be TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE.

TRANSPONDER COMMUNICATION FAILURE
When Monitored:
At ignition on and during Key Programming Mode.
Set Condition: When the SKIM does not receive a transponder response after 8 consecutive transponder read attempts within 2.0 seconds.
TRANSPONDER CYCLIC REDUNDANCY CHECK (CRC) FAILURE
When Monitored:
Set Condition: When 5 consecutive transponder signal transmissions are sent to the
SKIM with the correct message format but with invalid data.
TRANSPONDER ID MISMATCH
When Monitored:
Set Condition: When the transponder ID read by the SKIM does not match any of the
transponder IDs stored in the SKIMs memory.
TRANSPONDER RESPONSE MISMATCH
When Monitored:
Set Condition:
result.
When the transponders crypto algorithm result fails to match the SKIMs
POSSIBLE CAUSES
CHECKING MULTIPLE KEY OPERATION
SKIM
REPLACE IGNITION KEY
403
Continued
TEST
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
With the DRB III, read and record the SKIM DTCs.
NOTE: Perform the following test several times to ensure the DTC is
current.
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DRB display the DTC that was previously erased?
All
Yes
Go To
No
Go To
Are there multiple vehicle ignition keys available?

Yes
Go To
No
Go To
NOTE: Perform the following steps using one of the vehicle ignition keys.
When finished, repeat the procedure using each of the other vehicle keys
one at a time.
Wait 10 seconds.
Is the DTC present for all ignition keys?
Yes
Replace the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in accordance with

No
Test Complete.
With the DRB III, attempt to reprogram the ignition keys to the SKIM.
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete.
All
All
All
Replace the ignition key with a new key.

With the DRB III, program the new ignition key to the SKIM.
With the DRB III, erase the SKIM DTCs
Wait 10 seconds.
Does the DTC reset?
Yes
Go To
No
Test Complete.
404
All
TEST
6
Continued
ACTION
APPLICABILITY
All
Repair
Replace and program the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module in
7

Yes

No
Test Complete.
405
All
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
45RFE TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1
APPLICABILITY
1. Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link Connector.

2. Reconnect any disconnected components.
3. With the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs.
4. With the DRBIIIt, display Transmission Temperature. Start and run the engine until the
Transmission Temperature is HOT above 43 Celsius 110 Fahrenheit.
5. Check the Transmission fluid and adjust if necessary. Refer to the Service Information for the
Fluid Fill procedure.
6. NOTE: If the TCM has been replaced or if the transmission has been repaired or
replaced it is necessary to perform the DRBIIIt Quick Learn Procedure.
7. NOTE: If the TCM is replaced, use the DRBIIIt to program Pinon Factor.
8. Road test the vehicle. With the DRBIIIt, monitor the engine RPM. Make fifteen to twenty
1-2, 2-3, and 3-4 upshifts.
9. Perform these shifts from a standing start to 72 Km/h 45 MPH with a constant throttle
opening of 20 to 25 degrees.
10. Below 40 Km/h 25 MPH, make five to eight wide open throttle kickdowns to 1st gear. Allow
at least 5 seconds each in 2nd and 3rd gear between each kickdown.
11. Check for DTCs during the road test.
Were any Trouble Codes set during the road test?
45RFE AUTO
TRANS
Yes
Repair is not complete, refer to appropriate symptom.
No
Repair is complete.
406
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
Continued
BODY VERIFICATION TEST - VER 1
APPLICABILITY
1. Disconnect all jumper wires and reconnect all previously disconnected components and
connectors.
2. If the Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM) or the Powertrain Control Module (PCM) were
replaced, proceed to number 7. If the SKIM or PCM were not replaced, continue to the next
number.
3. If the Body Control Module was replaced, turn the ignition on for 15 seconds before
attempting to start (to learn VIN) or engine may not start (if VTSS equipped).
4. If the vehicle is equipped with VTSS, use the DRBIII and enable VTSS. Program other
options as necessary.
5. If the Passenger Door Module was replaced, use the DRBIII and program all RKE
transmitters used with this vehicle.
6. If any repairs were made to the HVAC System, disconnect the battery for 30 seconds and
then reconnect or using the DRBIII, recalibrate the HVAC doors. Proceed to number 14.
7. Obtain the Vehicles unique PIN assigned to its original SKIM from either the vehicles
invoice or from Chryslers Customer Center (1-800-992-1997).
8. With the DRBIII, select THEFT ALARM, SKIM, MISCELLANEOUS and select SKIM
REPLACED. Enter the 4 digit PIN to put SKIM in Secured Access Mode.
9. The DRBIII will prompt you through the following steps. (1) Program the country code into
the SKIMs memory. (2) Program the vehicles VIN into the SKIMs memory. (3) Transfer the
vehicles Secret Key data from the PCM.
10. Once secured access mode is active, the SKIM will remain in that mode for 60 seconds.
11. Using the DRBIII, program all customer keys into the SKIMs memory. This requires that
the SKIM be in secured access mode, using the 4 digit code.
12. Note: If the PCM is replaced, the VIN and the unique Secret Key data must be transfered
from the SKIM to the PCM. This procedure requires the SKIM to be placed in secured access
mode using the 4-digit code.
13. Note: If 3 attempts are made to enter secured access mode using an incorrect PIN, secured
access mode will be locked out for 1 hour which causes the DRBIII to display BUS +\SIGNALS OPEN. To exit this mode, turn ignition to the RUN position for 1 hour.
14. Ensure all accessories are turned off and the battery is fully charged.
15. Ensure that the Ignition is on, and with the DRBIII, erase all Diagnostic Trouble Codes
from ALL modules. Start the engine and allow it to run for 2 minutes and fully operate the
system that was malfunctioning.
16. Turn the ignition off and wait 5 seconds. Turn the ignition on and using the DRBIII, read
DTCs from ALL modules.
Are any DTCs present or is the original complaint still present?
All
Yes
No
Repair is complete.
407
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
Continued
CHARGING VERIFICATION - VER-3
APPLICABILITY
1. Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all engine components are properly installed and
connected. Reassemble and reconnect components as necessary.
2. If the PCM has been replaced, perform step 3. Otherwise, continue with step 4.
3. If the vehicle is equipped with a factory theft alarm, start the engine at least 20 times in
order to be able to activate the alarm system when desired.
4. With the DRB, erase all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).
5. Start the engine.
6. Raise the engine speed to 2000 RPM for at least 30 seconds.
7. Allow the engine to idle.
8. Turn the ignition off for 20 seconds.
9. Turn the ignition on.
10. With the DRB, read ECM and PCM DTCs.
11. If this DTC has reset, or another DTC has set, look for any Technical Service Bulletins
(TSBs) that may relate to this condition. Return to the Symptom List if necessary.
12. If the charging system is functioning correctly and there are no DTCs, the repair is now
complete.
Are any DTCs or symptoms remaining?
All
Yes
No
Repair is complete.
FUEL SYSTEM/MISFIRE MONITOR VERIFICATION TEST
APPLICABILITY
1. If any existing DTCs have not been repaired, go to Symptom List and follow path specified.
3. Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector.
4. Ensure the fuel tank has at least a quarter tank of fuel. Turn off all accessories.
5. Perform steps 6 through 8 if the PCM has been replaced. Then proceed with the verification.
If the PCM has not been replaced skip those steps and continue verification.
6. If PCM has been changed and correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed, a DTC
will be set in ABS and Air bag modules. In addition, if vehicle is equipped with a Sentry Key
Immobilizer Module (SKIM), Secret Key data must be updated to enable start.
7. For ABS and Air Bag systems: Enter correct VIN and Mileage in PCM. Erase codes in ABS
and Air Bag modules.
8. For SKIM theft alarm: Connect DRBIIIt to data link conn. Go to Theft Alarm, SKIM, Misc.
and place SKIM in secured access mode by using the appropriate PIN code for this vehicle.
Select Update the Secret Key data. Data will be transferred from SKIM to PCM.
9. Note: Make sure that Misfire detection is enabled if you repaired a Misfire DTC.
Low fuel level or an un-learned Adaptive Numerator can disable the Misfire monitor.
10. Note: If the PCM has been replaced or disconnected during testing, the Adaptive
Numerator must be re-learned in order for the Misfire Monitor to run.
11. With the DRB IIIt, monitor the Similar Conditions to attempt to duplicate the conditions
that the vehicle was operating at when the DTC was set. If the conditions can be duplicated,
the Good Trip counter will change to one or more.
12. If the conditions cannot be duplicated, with the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs.
13. If the repaired DTC has reset, or the OBD II monitor failed after running, the repair is not
complete. Check for any technical service bulletins or flash updates and return to Symptom
List.
14. If a new DTC has set, return to Symptom List and perform the tests specified for that code.
15. If the monitor ran, and the Good Trip counter changed to one or more, the repair was
successful.
16. Erase DTCs.
17. Disconnect the DRBIIIt. Test complete.
All
408
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
Continued
POWERTRAIN VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1
APPLICABILITY
2. Inspect the engine oil for contamination. If it is contaminated, change the oil and filter.
3. Perform the steps 4 through 6 if the PCM has been replaced. Then proceed with the
verification. If the PCM has not been replaced skip those steps and continue verification.
4. If PCM has been changed and correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed a DTC
will be set in ABS and Air Bag modules. In addition, if vehicle is equipped with a Sentry Key
and place SKIM in secured access mode, by using the appropriate PIN code for this vehicle.
Select Update the Secret Key data. Data will be transferred from SKIM to PCM
7. Attempt to start the engine.
8. If the engine is unable to start, look for any Technical Service Bulletins that may relate to
this condition. Return to Symptom List if necessary.
9. If the engine starts and stays running, the repair is now complete.
All
APPLICABILITY
2. If this verification procedure is being performed after a NO TROUBLE CODE repair,
perform steps 3 and 4.
3. Check to see if the initial symptom still exists. If there are no trouble codes or the symptom
no longer exists, the repair was successful and testing is complete.
4. If the initial or another symptom exists, the repair is not complete. Check all technical
service bulletins or flash updates and return to Symptoms if necessary.
5. If this verification procedure is being performed after a TROUBLE CODE repair, perform
steps 6 through 11.
6. Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector. Using the DRBIIIt erase any diagnostic
trouble codes and reset all values.With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
7. If the PCM has been replaced, perform steps 8 through 10, then proceed with the verification.
If the PCM has not been replaced, skip those steps and continue verification.
8. If PCM has been replaced and correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed, a DTC
will be set in ABS and Air bag modules.
10. Road test the vehicle. If the test is for an A/C DTC, ensure it is operating during the
following test. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 minutes.
11. Drive the vehicle at least 64 kmh (40 mph). Ensure the trans shifts through all gears. At
some point stop the vehicle, turn off the engine for at least 10 seconds. When finished read
DTCs with the DRB. If a DTC has set, return to Symptoms and follow path.
12. If the original DTC did not return and there are no new DTCs, the repair was successful and
testing is complete.
All
409
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
Continued
APPLICABILITY
2. Connect the DRBIIIt to the Data Link Connector and erase the DTCs.
3. If the PCM has been replaced perform steps 4 through 6 then continue the verification.
7. Ensure no other charging system problems remain by doing the following: Start the engine.
Perform generator output per service manual.
8. Raise the engine speed to 2000 rpm for at least 30 seconds.
9. Allow the engine to idle.
10. Turn the engine off.
11. Turn the ignition key on.
12. With the DRBIIIt, read DTCs.
13. If repaired DTC has reset, or any other one has set, check all pertinent Technical Service
Bulletins and return to Symptom List if necessary.
14. If there are DTCs, the repair is now complete.
All
410
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
Continued
APPLICABILITY
1. Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all engine components are properly installed and connected. Reassemble
and reconnect components as necessary.
2. With the DRBIIIt, erase DTCs.
3. If the PCM has been replaced, perform steps 4 through 6, then continue with the verification.
4. If PCM has been changed and correct VIN and mileage have not been programmed, a DTC will be set in
ABS and Air bag modules. In addition, if vehicle is equipped with a Sentry Key Immobilizer Module (SKIM),
Secret Key data must be updated to enable start.
5. For ABS and Air Bag systems: Enter correct VIN and Mileage in PCM. Erase codes in ABS and Air Bag
modules.
6. For SKIM theft alarm: Connect DRBIIIt to data link conn. Go to Theft Alarm, SKIM, Misc. and place SKIM
in secured access mode, by using the appropriate PIN code for this vehicle. Select Update the Secret Key data.
Data will be transferred from SKIM to PCM
7. Turn the speed control ON (if equipped, cruise light will be on).
8. Depress and release the SET Switch. If the speed control did not engage, the repair is not complete. Check
for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and then, if necessary, return to Symptom List.
9. Depress and hold the RESUME/ACCEL Switch. If the vehicle speed did not increase by at least 2 mph, the
repair is not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and then, if necessary, return to
Symptom List.
10. Press and hold the COAST switch. The vehicle speed should decrease. If it did not decrease, the repair is
not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and then, if necessary, return to Symptom
List.
11. Using caution, depress and release the brake pedal. If the speed control did not disengage, the repair is
not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and then, if necessary, return to Symptom
List.
12. Bring the vehicle speed back up to 35 MPH.
13. Depress the RESUME/ACCEL switch. If the speed control did not resume the previously set speed, the
Symptom List.
14. Hold down the SET switch. If the vehicle did not decelerate, the repair is not complete. Check for TSBs
that pertain to speed control problem and then, if necessary, return to Symptom List.
15. Ensure vehicle speed is greater than 35 mph and release the SET Switch. If vehicle did not adjust and set
a new vehicle speed, the repair is not complete. Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and
then, if necessary, return to Symptom List.
16. Depress and release the CANCEL switch. If the speed control did not disengage, the repair is not complete.
Check for TSBs that pertain to speed control problem and then, if necessary, return to Symptom List.
17. Bring the vehicle speed back up above 35 mph and engage speed control.
18. Depress the OFF switch to turn OFF, (Cruise light will be off). If the speed control did not disengage, the
Symptom List.
19. If the vehicle successfully passed all of the previous tests, the speed control system is now functioning as
designed. The repair is now complete.
20. NOTE: OVERSHOOT/UNDERSHOOT FOLLOWING SPEED CONTROL SET.
21. If the vehicle operator repeatedly presses and releases the SET button with their foot off of the accelerator
(referred to as 9lift foot set9), the vehicle may accelerate and exceed the desired set speed by up to 5 mph (8
km/h).
22. It may also decelerate to less than the desired set speed, before finally achieving the desired set speed.
23. The Speed Control System has an adaptive strategy that compensates for vehicle-to-vehicle variations in
speed control cable lengths.
24. When the speed control is set with the vehicles operators foot off of the accelerator pedal, the speed control
thinks there is excessive speed control cable slack and adapts accordingly.
25. If the 9lift foot sets9 are continually used, a speed control overshoot/undershoot condition will develop.
26. To 9unlearn9 the overshoot/undershoot condition, the vehicle operator has to press and release the set
button while maintaining the desired set speed using the accelerator pedal (not decelerating or accelerating).
27. Then turning the cruise control switch to the OFF position (or press the CANCEL button if equipped) after
waiting 10 seconds.
28. This procedure must be performed approximately 10-15 times to completely unlearn the overshoot/
undershoot condition.
Did the Speed Control pass the above test?
All
411
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
Continued

Yes
No
Repair is complete.
APPLICABILITY
APPLICABILITY
2. If any existing diagnostic trouble codes have not been repaired, go to Symptom List and
follow path specified.
3. Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector.
5. Perform steps 6 through 8 if the PCM has been replaced. Then proceed with the verification.
If the PCM has not been replaced skip those steps and continue verification.
8. For SKIM theft alarm: Connect DRBIIIt to data link connectorto Theft Alarm, SKIM, Misc.
and place SKIM in secured access mode by using the appropriate PIN code for this vehicle.
Select Update the Secret Key data. Data will be transferred from SKIM to PCM.
9. If a Comprehensive Component DTC was repaired, perform steps 10-13. If a Major OBDII
Monitor DTC was repaired skip those steps and continue verification.
10. After the ignition has been off for at least 10 seconds, restart the vehicle and run 2 minutes.
11. If the Good Trip counter changed to one or more and there are no new DTCs, the repair was
successful and is now complete. Erase DTCs and disconnect the DRBIIIt.
12. If the repaired DTC has reset, the repair is not complete. Check for any related TSBs or
flash updates and return to the Symptom list.
13. If another DTC has set, return to the Symptom List and follow the path specified for that
DTC.
14. With the DRBIIIt, monitor the appropriate pre-test enabling conditions until all conditions
have been met. Once the conditions have been met, switch screen to the appropriate OBDII
monitor, (Audible beeps when the monitor is running).
15. If the monitor ran, and the Good Trip counter changed to one or more, the repair was
successful and is now complete. Erase DTCs and disconnect the DRBIIIt.
16. If the repaired OBDII trouble code has reset or was seen in the monitor while on the road
test, the repair is not complete. Check for any related technical service bulletins or flash
updates and return to Symptom List.
17. If another DTC has set, return to the Symptom List and follow the path specified for that
DTC.
18. If the Catalyst was replaced, with the DRBIIIt go to the miscellaneous Menu Option
9Catalyst Replaced9 and press enter.
All
412
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
Continued
APPLICABILITY
2. If the PCM was replaced, perform steps 3 through 5 then continue with the verification.
Otherwise, skip those steps and continue.
4. For ABS and Airbag Systems: Enter correct VIN and Mileage in PCM. Erase codes in ABS
and Airbag modules.
6. If any existing diagnostic trouble codes are not repaired, go to symptom list and follow path
specified. After all diagnostic trouble codes have been repaired, return to TEST VER-6A and
run LDP Dealer Test Mode under Systems Test in DRBIII.
7. The LDP Monitor Test Mode has been added to the DRBIIIt to verify repairs to the LDP
System. A DRBIIIt software program was written which causes the PCM to run the LDP
Monitor as part of this test. Test failures will be indicated through a stored DTC.
8. LDP Monitor Test Mode is a useful way to run a total system performance test. Use this test
to verify any type of LDP system repair.
9. Software program makes temporary changes to operating mode of PCM. For this reason, it
is critical that test not be interrupted. PCMs left in this mode as result of interrupted test will
illuminate the MIL for 8-10 mi of driving with no DTCs stored.
10. Erasing DTCs will not change this condition.
11. If a vehicle is found to be stuck in the mode described above, the LDP Dealer Test should
be re-run in its entirety so that the software program in the DRBIIIt can restore the PCM
operating mode.
12. Note similarity to LDP Monitor screen found under OBDII Monitors. Failure modes are
fewer in this System Test than OBDII LDP Monitor. System Test only stores Small Leak DTC
to indicate problem with system. No other type of failure mode indication given.
13. System Test failure may have been, for example, due to a large leak, but the PCM will set
the Small Leak DTC to indicate failures that occurred as part of the system test.
14. Connect the DRBIIIt to the data link connector. Engine running, turn off all accessories.
15. Note: While test is being performed, PCM must see RPM, minimum MAP, No Vehicle speed
and minimum Throttle Position sensor (At idle, in park.) With DRBIIIt in System Tests,
perform the LDP Monitor Test and follow the instructions on the screen.
16. If the LDP Monitor Test failed and a Small Leak DTC has set, the repair is not complete.
Check for any related Technical Service Bulletins and return to Symptom List.
17. If any other trouble code has set, return to Symptom List and follow the path specified for
that trouble code. If the LDP Monitor Test passed, the repair was successful and testing is now
complete.
All
Yes
No
Repair is complete.
413
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
Continued
ROAD TEST VERIFICATION - VER-2
APPLICABILITY
2. If this verification procedure is being performed after a non-DTC test, perform steps 3 and
4.
3. Check to see if the initial symptom still exists. If there are no trouble codes and the symptom
no longer exists, the repair was successful and testing is now complete.
4. If the initial or another symptom exists, the repair is not complete. Check all pertinent
Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) and return to the Symptom List if necessary.
5. For previously read DTCs that have not been dealt with, return to the Symptom List and
follow the diagnostic path for that DTC; otherwise, continue.
6. If the Engine Control Module (ECM) (diesel only) or Powertrain Control Module (PCM) has
not been changed, perform steps 7 and 8, otherwise, continue with step 9.
7. With the DRB, erase all diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs), then disconnect the DRB.
8. Turn the ignition off for at least 10 seconds.
9. Ensure no DTCs remain by performing steps 10 through 13.
10. Road test the vehicle. For some of the road test, go at least 64 km/h (40 MPH). If this test
is for an A/C Relay Control Circuit, drive the vehicle for at least 5 minutes with the A/C on.
11. At some point, stop the vehicle and turn the engine off for at least 10 seconds, then restart
the engine and continue.
12. Upon completion of the road test, turn the engine off and check for DTCs with the DRB.
13. If the repaired DTC has reset, the repair is not complete. Check for any pertinent Technical
Service Bulletins (TSBs) and return to the Symptom List. If there are no DTCs, the repair was
successful and is now complete.
All
Yes
No
Repair is complete.
SKIS VERIFICATION
APPLICABILITY
1. Reconnect all previously disconnected components and connectors.

2. Obtain the vehicles unique Personal Identification Number (PIN) assigned to its original
SKIM. This number can be obtained from the vehicles invoice or Chryslers Customer Center
(1-800-992-1997).
3. NOTE: When entering the PIN, care should be taken because the SKIM will only
allow 3 consecutive attempts to enter the correct PIN. If 3 consecutive incorrect
PINs are entered, the SKIM will Lock Out the DRB III for 1 hour.
4. To exit Lock Out mode, the ignition key must remain in the Run position continually for 1
hour. Turn off all accessories and connect a battery charger if necessary.
5. With the DRBIIIt, select Theft Alarm, SKIM and Miscellaneous. Then, select the desired
procedure and follow the steps that will be displayed.
6. If the SKIM has been replaced, ensure all of the vehicle ignition keys are programmed to the
new SKIM.
7. NOTE: Prior to returning vehicle to the customer, perform a module scan to be
sure that all DTCs are erased. Erase any DTCs that are found.
8. With the DRBIIIt, erase all DTCs. Perform 5 ignition key cycles leaving the key on for at
least 90 seconds per cycle.
9. With the DRBIIIt, read the SKIM DTCs.
Are there any SKIM DTCs?
All
Yes
No
Repair is complete.
414
VERIFICATION TESTS
Verification Tests
Continued
TRANSMISSION VERIFICATION TEST VER - 1
APPLICABILITY
1. Inspect the vehicle to ensure that all engine and transmission components are properly
installed and connected. Reassemble and reconnect components as necessary.
2. If any existing diagnostic trouble codes have not been repaired, go to Symptom List and
follow path specified.
3. Connect a DRBIIIt to the data link connector.
5. Start and run the engine until the transmission temperature is above 43C (110F).
6. Check the transmission fluid level per the Service Information. Adjust if necessary.
7. Road test the vehicle. Make 15 to 20 1-2, 2-3 and 3-4 up shifts. Perform these shifts from a
standing start to 72 km/h (45 MPH) with a constant throttle opening of 20-25%.
8. Below 40 km/h (25 MPH), make 5 to 8 wide open throttle kick downs to 1st gear. Allow at
least 5 seconds each in 2nd and 3rd between each kick down.
9. For a specific DTC, drive the vehicle in accordance with the Symptoms When Monitored and
Set Conditions to verify the DTC repair.
10. NOTE: Use the EATX OBDII task manager to run Good Trip time in each gear, this
will confirm the repair and to ensure that the DTC has not re-matured.
11. If a DTC sets during the road test, return to the Symptom List and follow the path. If no
DTC sets, the repair is complete.
All
Yes
No
Repair is complete.
415
NOTES
416
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
8.0
8.1
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
CONTROL MODULES AND PDC
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
417
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
8.2
CONTROLS AND SOLENOIDS

4.0L
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
4.7L
4.0L
4.7L
4.0L
418
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
4.0L
4.7L
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
4.7L
419
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
8.3
DATA LINK CONNECTOR
8.4
SENSORS
4.0L
4.7L
4.0L
420
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
4.7L
4.0L
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
4.7L
4.0L
4.7L
421
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
8.4
SENSORS (Continued)
4.7L
4.0L
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
4.0L
4.7L
4.0L
422
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
4.7L
4.7L
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
8.5
FUEL SYSTEM
423
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
8.5
FUEL SYSTEM (Continued)
8.6
SWITCHES
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
424
COMPONENT LOCATIONS
8.7
SPECIFICATIONS
C
O
M
P
O
N
E
N
T
L
O
C
A
T
I
O
N
S
425
NOTES
426
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
9.0
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
C2 18DB/YL
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT
Z1 18BK
GROUND
A/C HIGH PRESSURE SWITCH - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
C18 18DB (4.0L/LHD DIESEL)
A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL
C18 20DB (RHD DIESEL)
A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL
C21 20DB/YL
A/C SWITCH SENSE
A/C LOW PRESSURE SWITCH - GRAY 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
C21 18DB/YL (4.7L)
A/C SWITCH SENSE
C21 20DB/YL (4.0L/

DIESEL)
A/C SWITCH SENSE
Z1 20BK
GROUND
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
A/C PRESSURE TRANSDUCER - 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K4 18BK/LB
K6 18VT/WT
5V SUPPLY
C18 18DB
A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL
SENSOR GROUND
427
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
G39 20DB/OR
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR RETURN
C8 20DG/RD
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K4 20BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K25 18VT/LG
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH - GRAY 6 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K29 18WT/PK (GAS)
BRAKE SWITCH SENSE
Z1 18BK
GROUND
V32 22OR/DG
SPEED CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
V30 22DB/RD
SPEED CONTROL BRAKE SWITCH OUTPUT
L50 20WT/TN (GAS)
BRAKE LAMP SWITCH OUTPUT
F32 20PK/DB
FUSED B(+)
K29 18WT/PK (DIESEL)
SECONDARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
L50 20WT/TN (DIESEL)
PRIMARY BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR - GRAY 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K44 18TN/YL
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K7 20OR
5V SUPPLY
CAPACITOR (4.0L) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
1
2
CIRCUIT
A142 16DG/OR
-
428
FUNCTION
AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
-
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
CAPACITOR NO. 1 (4.7L) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
1
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
A142 14DG/OR
CAV
CIRCUIT

-
CAPACITOR NO. 2 (4.7L)- BLACK 2 WAY

1
A142 14DG/OR
FUNCTION
CLOCKSPRING C1 - BLACK 6 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
-
X4 20GY/OR
HORN RELAY CONTROL
X20 20RD/YL
RADIO CONTROL MUX
X10 20RD/BK
RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN
K4 20BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
V37 20RD/LG
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL
CLOCKSPRING C2 - YELLOW 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
R45 18DG/LB
DRIVER AIRBAG LINE 2
R43 18BK/LB
DRIVER AIRBAG LINE 1
CLOCKSPRING C3 - BLACK 6 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
-
X4 22GY/OR (LHD)
HORN RELAY CONTROL
X20 20RD/YL
RADIO CONTROL MUX
X10 20RD/BK
RADIO CONTROL MUX RETURN
K4 20BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
V37 20RD/LG
X4 20GY/OR (RHD)
HORN RELAY CONTROL
429
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
COIL ON PLUG NO. 1 (4.7L) - BLACK 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K91 14TN/RD
COIL DRIVER NO. 1
A142 14DG/OR
CAV
CIRCUIT
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
K92 14TN/PK
A142 14DG/OR
FUNCTION
COIL DRIVER NO. 2
CAV
CIRCUIT

FUNCTION
K93 14TN/OR
COIL DRIVER NO. 3
A142 14DG/OR
CAV
CIRCUIT

1
K94 14TN/LG
A142 14DG/OR
FUNCTION
COIL DRIVER NO. 4
CAV
CIRCUIT

FUNCTION
K95 14TN/DG
COIL DRIVER NO. 5
A142 14DG/OR
430
CONNECTOR PINOUTS

CAV
CIRCUIT
K96 14TN/LB
A142 14DG/OR
FUNCTION
COIL DRIVER NO. 6
CAV
CIRCUIT

1
K97 14BR
A142 14DG/OR
FUNCTION
COIL DRIVER NO. 7
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
FUNCTION
P
I
N
O
U
T
S

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K98 14LB/RD
COIL DRIVER NO. 8
A142 14DG/OR
COIL RAIL (4.0L) - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
K91 16TN/RD
COIL DRIVER NO. 1
A142 16DG/OR
K92 16TN/PK
COIL DRIVER NO. 2
K93 16TN/OR
COIL DRIVER NO. 3
431
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (GAS)- BLACK 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K24 18GY/BK
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K7 20OR
5V SUPPLY
DATA LINK CONNECTOR - BLACK 16 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
D25 20YL/VT
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
FUNCTION
PCI BUS
Z2 20BK/OR
GROUND
Z21 20BK/LG
GROUND
D32 20LG/DG
SCI RECEIVE
D21 20PK
SCI TRANSMIT
D19 20VT/OR
10
11
12
13
14
D20 20LG
SCI RECEIVE
15
16
BODY CONTROL MODULE FLASH ENABLE
F33 20PK/RD
FUSED B(+)
ELECTRIC BRAKE - 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 14BK
GROUND
L50 18WT/TN
B40 12LB
TRAILER TOW BRAKE B(+)
L50 14WT/TN
ELECTRONIC SPEED CONTROL SERVO - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
V36 18TN/RD (LHD DIESEL)
SPEED CONTROL VACUUM SOLENOID CONTROL
V36 20TN/RD (RHD/GAS)
V35 18LG/RD (LHD DIESEL)
SPEED CONTROL VENT SOLENOID CONTROL
V35 20LG/RD (RHD/GAS)
V30 20DB/RD
SPEED CONTROL BRAKE SWITCH OUTPUT
Z1 20BK
GROUND
432
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (GAS) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K2 18TN/BK
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR - BLACK 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K6 18VT/WT (DIESEL)
5V SUPPLY
G60 18GY/YL
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K6 18VT/BK (GAS)
5V SUPPLY
EVAP/PURGE SOLENOID (GAS) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F99 20OR
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN-START)
K52 20PK/BK (LHD)
DUTY CYCLE EVAP/PURGE SOLENOID CONTROL
K52 18PK/BK (RHD)
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 1 - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K11 18WT/DB
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 1 DRIVER
F42 18DG/LG
FUSED AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY OUTPUT
433
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K12 18TN
F42 18DG/LG

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K13 18YL/WT
F42 18DG/LG

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K14 18LB/BR
F42 18DG/LG

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K38 18GY
F42 18DG/LG
434
CONNECTOR PINOUTS

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K58 18BR/DB
F42 18DG/LG
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 7 (4.7L) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K17 18DB/TN
F42 18DG/LG
FUEL INJECTOR NO. 8 (4.7L) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K18 18DB/GY
F42 18DG/LG
FUEL PUMP MODULE (GAS) - BLACK 6 WAY

CAV
1
CIRCUIT
A141 16DG/BK
FUNCTION
FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT
K226 20LB/YL
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL
K4 20BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
5
6
Z1 16BK
GROUND
435
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
GENERATOR - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K21 18LB/RD (GAS)
GENERATOR SOURCE
K20 18DG
GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER
K21 18WT/DB (DIESEL)
GENERATOR SOURCE
HYDRAULIC COOLING MODULE - 2 WAY

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F142 18OR/DG
C240 18DB/RD
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
IDLE AIR CONTROL MOTOR - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K59 18VT/BK
IDLE AIR CONTROL NO. 4 DRIVER
K40 18BR/WT
K60 18YL/BK
K39 18GY/BK (4.7L)
K39 18GY/RD (4.0L)
INPUT SPEED SENSOR (4.7L) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
T52 18RD/BK
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
T13 18DB/BK
SPEED SENSOR GROUND
436
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR (GAS) - GRAY 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K21 18BK/RD
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
KNOCK SENSOR - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K402 18BK/DG
SENSOR GROUND
K142 18GY/BK
KNOCK SENSOR NO. 2 SIGNAL
K403 18BK/DB
SENSOR GROUND
K42 18DB/LG
KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL
LEAK DETECTION PUMP (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT) - 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F142 18OR/DG
GENERATOR SOURCE
K106 20WT/DG
LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CONTROL
K107 20OR/PK
LEAK DETECTION PUMP SWITCH SENSE
LINE PRESSURE SENSOR (4.7L) - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z13 14BK/RD
GROUND
T138 14GY/LB
5V SUPPLY
T130 14VT/TN
LINE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
437
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (4.0L) - BLACK 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K1 18DG/RD
MAP SENSOR SIGNAL
K7 20OR
5V SUPPLY
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (4.7L) - BLACK 3 WAY

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K7 20OR
5V SUPPLY
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K1 18DG/RD
MAP SENSOR SIGNAL
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR (4.0L/DIESEL) - GRAY 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
T13 18DB/BK
SPEED SENSOR GROUND
T14 18LG/WT
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR (4.7L) - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
T14 18LG/WT
T13 18DB/BK
SPEED SENSOR GROUND
438
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 UPSTREAM - 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F142 18OR/DG
K99 18GY/WT
OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 HEATER CONTROL
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K241 18LG/RD
OXYGEN SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL
OXYGEN SENSOR 1/2 DOWNSTREAM - 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K200 18VT/OR
OXYGEN SENSOR DOWNSTREAM RELAY OUTPUT
Z1 18BK
GROUND
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K41 18BK/DG
OXYGEN SENSOR 2/1 UPSTREAM - 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F142 18OR/DG
K199 18DB/WT
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K141 18TN/WT
OXYGEN SENSOR 2/2 DOWNSTREAM - 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K200 18VT/OR
Z1 18BK
GROUND
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K341 18PK/WT
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH (4.0L GAS) - BLACK 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L1 18VT/BK
BACK-UP LAMP FEED
T41 18BR/YL
PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH SENSE
F22 18WT/TN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
439
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
440
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
FUSES (GAS)
FUSE
NO.
AMPS
FUSED CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
40A
C1 12DG
40A
A149 12RD/TN
FUSED B(+)
50A
A145 10WT/RD
FUSED B(+)
40A
A10 12RD/DG
FUSED B(+)
30A
A30 14RD/WT
FUSED B(+)
30A
A30 14RD/WT (4.7L)
FUSED B(+)
30A
A14 14RD/DG
FUSED B(+)
50A
A147 10RD/GY
FUSED B(+)
40A
A1 12RD
9
10
40A
FUSED B(+)
-
A16 12GY (4.0L)
11
12
FUSED B(+)
50A
FUSED B(+)
-
A146 10OR/WT
13
FUSED B(+)
-
14
40A
A2 12PK/BK
FUSED B(+)
15
50A
A148 10PK/WT
FUSED B(+)
16
15A
F142 18OR/DG
16
15A
F142 18OR/DG
17

-
18
15A
F62 18RD
18
15A
F62 18RD
FUSED B(+)
19
10A
A7 14RD/BK
FUSED B(+)
20
21
15A
FUSED B(+)
A17 18RD/BK
FUSED B(+)
22
23
24
20A
A62 16VT/WT
FUSED B(+)
25
20A
A20 12RD/DB
FUSED B(+)
26
15A
F42 18DG/LG
26
15A
F42 18DG/LG (EXCEPT 4.7L HIGH OUTPUT)
27
28
15A
T60 18BR (4.0L)
FUSED TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY (GAS)

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
30
A17 18RD/BK
85
F99 20OR
86
C13 18DB/OR (LHD)
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY CONTROL
86
C13 20DB/OR (RHD)
87
C2 18DB/YL
A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY OUTPUT
87A
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUSED B(+)
AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY (GAS)

FUNCTION
30
A14 14RD/DG
FUSED B(+)
85
F991 20OR/DB
85
F991 20OR/DB
86
K51 18DB/YL (LHD)
AUTOMATIC SHUT DOWN RELAY CONTROL
87
A142 14DG/OR
87A
86
K51 20DB/YL (RHD)
441
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
ENGINE STARTER MOTOR RELAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
30
A1 12RD
FUSED B(+)
85
F45 20YL/RD (4.7L)
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (START)
85
F45 20YL/RD
86
T41 20BR/YL
87
T40 12LG
ENGINE STARTER MOTOR RELAY OUTPUT
87A
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUEL PUMP RELAY (GAS)

FUNCTION
30
A62 16VT/WT
FUSED B(+)
85
F991 20OR/DB
85
F991 20OR/DB
86
K31 18BR
FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL
87
A141 16DG/BK
87A
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUEL PUMP RELAY OUTPUT

-
OXYGEN SENSOR DOWNSTREAM RELAY
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
FUNCTION
30
F142 18OR/DG
85
F142 18OR/DG
86
K251 18LB
OXYGEN SENSOR DOWNSTREAM RELAY CONTROL
87
K200 18VT/OR
87A
30
F142 18OR/DG
85
F142 18OR/DG (4.7L)

-
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY (GAS)

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
30
A30 14RD/WT
85
Z1 18BK (4.7L)
GROUND
85
K21 18LB/RD (4.0L)
86
K30 20PK/YL
TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY CONTROL
87
T16 14RD
87A
FUSED B(+)

-
442
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C1 (GAS) - BLACK 32 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K93 16TN/OR (4.0L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 3
K93 14TN/OR (4.7L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 3
F991 18OR/DB
K94 14TN/LG (4.7L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 4
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K96 14TN/LB (4.7L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 6
T41 18BR/YL
K91 16TN/RD (4.0L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 1
K91 14TN/RD (4.7L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 1
K24 18GY/BK
K98 14LB/RD (4.7L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 8
10
K60 18YL/BK
11
K40 18BR/WT
12
13
14
15
K21 18BK/RD
16
K2 18TN/BK
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
17
K7 18OR
5V SUPPLY
18
K44 18TN/YL
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
19
K39 18GY/RD (4.0L)
19
K39 18GY/BK (4.7L)
20
K59 18VT/BK
21
K95 14TN/DG (4.7L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 5
22
A7 14RD/BK
FUSED B(+)
23
K22 18OR/RD
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL
24
K241 18LG/RD
25
K41 18BK/DG
26
K141 18TN/WT
27
K1 18DG/RD
MAP SENSOR SIGNAL
28
29
K341 18PK/WT (EXCEPT

4.0L EXCEPT BUILT-UPEXPORT)
30
31
Z11 14BK/WT
GROUND
32
Z12 14BK/TN
GROUND
443
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C2 (GAS) - WHITE 32 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
T54 18VT (4.0L)
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
K17 18DB/TN (4.7L)
K11 18WT/DB
K13 18YL/WT
K38 18GY
K97 14BR (4.7L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 7
K88 18PK (4.0L)
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL
K92 16TN/PK (4.0L)
COIL DRIVER NO. 2

COIL DRIVER NO. 2
K92 14TN/PK (4.7L)

K20 18DG
GENERATOR FIELD DRIVER
11
T22 18DG/LB (4.0L)
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID CONTROL
12
K58 18BR/DB
13
K18 18DB/GY (4.7L)
15
K12 18TN
16
K14 18LB/BR
17
C24 18DB/PK (4.0L)
RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
18
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
10
14
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
FUNCTION
19
C18 18DB
20
21
T121 18BR/WT (4.0L)
22
23
G60 18GY/YL
24
25
A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL

3-4 SHIFT SOLENOID CONTROL
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
T13 18DB/BK (4.0L)
26
27
G7 18WT/OR
28
T14 18LG/WT (4.0L)
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND
29
T25 18LG/RD (4.0L)
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
30
K30 18PK/YL (4.0L)
31
K6 18VT/BK
5V SUPPLY
32
17
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
C240 18DB/RD (4.7L)
444
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE C3 (GAS) - GRAY 32 WAY
CAV
1
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
C13 18DB/OR
K51 18DB/YL
V36 18TN/RD
V35 18LG/RD
K42 18DB/LG (4.7L HIGH

OUTPUT)
KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL
K99 18GY/WT
K251 18LB (LHD)
OXYGEN SENSOR DOWNSTREAM RELAY CONTROL
10
K106 18WT/DG
LEAK DETECTION PUMP SOLENOID CONTROL
11
V32 18OR/DG
SPEED CONTROL SUPPLY
12
F42 18DG/LG
13
T99 18OR/YL
TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE
14
K107 18OR/PK (LHD)
LEAK DETECTION PUMP SWITCH SENSE
15
K25 18VT/LG
BATTERY TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
16
K199 18DB/WT
17
18
K142 18GY/BK (4.7L HIGH

OUTPUT)
KNOCK SENSOR NO. 2 SIGNAL
19
K31 18BR
FUEL PUMP RELAY CONTROL
20
K52 18PK/BK
21
22
C18 18DB (4.0L)
A/C PRESSURE SIGNAL
23
24
K29 18WT/PK
BRAKE SWITCH SENSE
25
K21 18LB/RD
GENERATOR SOURCE
26
K226 18LB/YL
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR SIGNAL
27
D21 18PK
SCI TRANSMIT
28
29
D32 18LG/DG
SCI RECEIVE
30
D25 18YL/VT
PCI BUS
31
32
V37 18RD/LG
22
C21 18DB/YL (4.7L)
A/C SWITCH SENSE
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
C23 12DG
RADIATOR FAN RELAY OUTPUT
Z4 12BK/PK
GROUND
445
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
RADIATOR FAN RELAY - BLACK 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
Z1 20BK
GROUND
C24 20DB/PK
RADIATOR FAN RELAY CONTROL
C23 12DG
RADIATOR FAN RELAY OUTPUT
A16 12GY
FUSED B(+)
SENTRY KEY IMMOBILIZER MODULE - BLACK 6 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
M1 20PK
FUSED B(+)
Z2 20BK/OR
GROUND
G5 20DB/WT
4
5
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
FUNCTION

-
D25 20YL/VT/BK
CAV
CIRCUIT
PCI BUS
-
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH NO. 1 - BLACK 4 WAY

FUNCTION
-
K4 20BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
V37 20RD/LG
CAV
CIRCUIT
SPEED CONTROL SWITCH NO. 2 - BLACK 4 WAY

FUNCTION
K4 20BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
V37 20RD/LG
446
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR (4.0L) - WHITE 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
K22 18OR/RD
K7 20OR
5V SUPPLY
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR (4.7L) - WHITE 3 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
K7 20OR
5V SUPPLY
K22 18OR/RD
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
TRAILER TOW BRAKE LAMP RELAY - BLACK 5 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
3O (3)
L50 16WT/TN
85 (2)
L50 18WT/TN
86 (1)
Z1 18BK
GROUND
87 (5)
L95 16DG/YL
TRAILER TOW BRAKE LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
87A
(4)
L94 16OR/WT
TRAILER TOW CIRCUIT BREAKER - BLACK 2 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F30 14RD
FUSED CIGAR LIGHTER RELAY OUTPUT
F30 14RD
CIGAR LIGHTER RELAY OUTPUT
447
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
TRAILER TOW CONNECTOR - BLACK 10 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
L62 16BR/RD
L1 18VT/BK
BACK-UP LAMP FEED
F30 14RD
FUSED CIGAR LIGHTER RELAY OUTPUT
L7 18BK/YL
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
PARK LAMP RELAY OUTPUT
B40 14LB
TRAILER TOW BRAKE B(+)
Z1 14BK
GROUND
Z1 14BK
GROUND
10
L63 16DG/RD
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
TRAILER TOW LEFT TURN RELAY - BLACK 5 WAY

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
30 (3)
L63 16DG/RD
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
85 (2)
L63 20DG/RD
LEFT TURN SIGNAL
86 (1)
Z1 18BK
GROUND
87 (5)
L94 16OR/WT
87A
(4)
L95 16DG/YL
TRAILER TOW RIGHT TURN RELAY - BLACK 5 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
30 (3)
L62 16BR/RD
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
85 (2)
L62 20BR/RD
RIGHT TURN SIGNAL
86 (1)
Z1 18BK
GROUND
87 (5)
L94 16OR/WT
87A
(4)
L95 16DG/YL
TRANSFER CASE SWITCH (4.0L (EXCEPT BUILT-UP-EXPORT)) - 4 WAY

CAV
CIRCUIT
Z1 18BK
T107 18BK
FUNCTION
GROUND
PART TIME 4 WHEEL DRIVE INDICATOR DRIVER
448
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (4.7L) - BLACK 60
CAV
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
CIRCUIT
T1 18LG/BK
T2 18TN/BK
T3 18VT
K24 18GY/BK
D21 20PK
F45 18YL/RD
T9 18OR/BK
T10 18YL/DG
F991 18OR/BK
K22 18OR/RD
T13 18DB/BK
T14 18LG/WT
K30 18PK/YL
T16 14RD
T16 14RD
T118 18YL/DB
T119 18WT/DB
T120 18LG
G7 18WT/OR
T29 18GY
T130 14VT/TN
T16 14RD
Z14 14BK/YL
T138 14GY/LB
Z14 14BK/YL
T140 18VT/LG
T41 18WT
T42 18VT/WT
D25 18YL/VT
D20 20LG
T147 18LB
T48 18DB
T6 18VT/WT
T150 18BR/LB
K4 18BK/LB
T52 18RD/BK
Z13 14BK/RD
T54 18VT
T59 18PK
A30 14RD/WT
Z14 14BK/YL
T159 18DG/WT
T60 18BR
449
FUNCTION
TRS T1 SENSE
TRS T2 SENSE
TRS T3 SENSE
SCI TRANSMIT
OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
TORQUE MANAGEMENT REQUEST SENSE
SPEED SENSOR GROUND
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL
2C SOLENOID CONTROL
LR SOLENOID CONTROL
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
UNDERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
LINE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
GROUND
5V SUPPLY
GROUND
MS SOLENOID CONTROL
TRS T41 SENSE
TRS T41 SENSE
PCI BUS
SCI RECEIVE
2C PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
OVERDRIVE OFF SWITCH SENSE
LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
SENSOR GROUND
INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
GROUND
TRANMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
FUSED B(+)
GROUND
4C SOLENOID CONTROL
OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CONNECTOR PINOUTS
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID (DIESEL/4.0L GAS) - BLACK 8 WAY
CAV
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
T60 18BR (GAS)
FUSED TRANSMISSION CONTROL RELAY OUTPUT
K6 18VT/WT (DIESEL)
5V SUPPLY
K4 18BK/LB
SENSOR GROUND
T25 18LG/RD (DIESEL)
K88 18PK
GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID CONTROL
T121 18BR/WT (GAS)
T22 18DG/LB
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID CONTROL
T54 18VT
T60 18BR (DIESEL)
T25 18LG (GAS)
T121 18BK/RD (DIESEL)
K6 18VT/BK (GAS)
5V SUPPLY
TRANSMISSION SOLENOID/TRS ASSEMBLY (4.7L) - GRAY 23 WAY

CAV
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R
P
I
N
O
U
T
S
CIRCUIT
FUNCTION
F22 18WT/TN
FUSED IGNITION SWITCH OUTPUT (RUN)
T120 18LG
LR SOLENOID CONTROL
T41 18BR/YL
T41 18WT
TRS T41 SENSE
T42 18VT/WT
TRS T42 SENSE
L1 18VT/BK
BACK-UP LAMP FEED
T60 18BR
OVERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
T3 18VT
TRS T3 SENSE
T1 18LG/BK
TRS T1 SENSE
10
T16 14RD
11
T48 18DB
12
T118 18YL/DB
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID CONTROL
13
T2 18TN/BK
TRS T2 SENSE
14
T150 18BR/LB
LR PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
15
T147 18LB
16
T9 18OR/BK
OVERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
17
T59 18PK
UNDERDRIVE SOLENOID CONTROL
18
T29 18GY
UNDERDRIVE PRESSURE SWITCH SENSE
19
T159 18DG/WT
4C SOLENOID CONTROL
20
T119 18WT/DB
2C SOLENOID CONTROL
21
T140 18VT/LG
MS SOLENOID CONTROL
22
T13 18DB/BK
SPEED SENSOR GROUND
23
T54 18VT
450
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.0
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.1
2001 JEEP WG 4.0L JTEC SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
451
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
10.2
2001 JEEP WG 4.7L JTEC SYSTEM
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
S
452
NOTES
453
NOTES
454

01 Wgep

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

01 Wgep

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

01 Wgep

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTIONAL OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1

DISCLAIMERS, SAFETY, WARNINGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

RECOMMENDED TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

GLOSSARY OF TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

COMPONENT LOCATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417

CONTROL MODULES AND PDC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417

CONNECTOR PINOUTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .427

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .451

The procedures contained in this manual include

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND

The JTEC engine and automatic transmission

The PCM controls the air/fuel ratio of the engine

Diagnosis of the Powertrain Control Module

The Powertrain Control Module (PCM) monitors

This diagnostic procedures manual covers 2001

repair of isolated problem

verification of any related symptoms

happen because one of the trouble code criteria

The PCM has been programmed to monitor many

Run Once Per Trip

Includes All Engine Hardware

Monitors Entire Emission

Monitors Entire System

One Trip Faults - Turns On

Two Trip Faults - Turns On

Two Trip Faults - Turns On

Done Stop Testing = Yes

Oxygen Sensor Heater

Fuel Control Monitor

*40 Warm Up Cycles are required to erase

TRANSMISSION CONTROL (RE TRANS)

The next number group is the transmission serial

NOTE: FOR 45RFE INFORMATION SEE

GOVERNOR PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE

The PCM operation includes control of 4 speed

GOVERNOR PRESSURE SENSOR

MANUAL SHIFTING of FIRST, SECOND and

GOVERNOR SHIFT SCHEDULES

Low Transmission Fluid Temperature

The electronic governor control system replaces

TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE SENSOR

tion caused by braking, cruise control turn off,

TRANSMISSION SPEED SENSOR

FUEL VAPOR RECOVERY SYSTEM (DUTY

The speed sensor is located in the overdrive

Duty Cycle Purge is a system that feeds fuel

TORQUE CONVERTER ELECTRONICS

PCM OPERATING MODES

As input signals to the PCM change, the PCM

tion timing and engine idle speed. The PCM adjusts